| 1 | /* tc-ppc.c -- Assemble for the PowerPC or POWER (RS/6000) |
| 2 | Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, |
| 3 | 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 4 | Written by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support. |
| 5 | |
| 6 | This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler. |
| 7 | |
| 8 | GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify |
| 9 | it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by |
| 10 | the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) |
| 11 | any later version. |
| 12 | |
| 13 | GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
| 14 | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
| 15 | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the |
| 16 | GNU General Public License for more details. |
| 17 | |
| 18 | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License |
| 19 | along with GAS; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free |
| 20 | Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA |
| 21 | 02111-1307, USA. */ |
| 22 | |
| 23 | #include <stdio.h> |
| 24 | #include "as.h" |
| 25 | #include "safe-ctype.h" |
| 26 | #include "subsegs.h" |
| 27 | #include "dw2gencfi.h" |
| 28 | #include "opcode/ppc.h" |
| 29 | |
| 30 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 31 | #include "elf/ppc.h" |
| 32 | #include "dwarf2dbg.h" |
| 33 | #endif |
| 34 | |
| 35 | #ifdef TE_PE |
| 36 | #include "coff/pe.h" |
| 37 | #endif |
| 38 | |
| 39 | /* This is the assembler for the PowerPC or POWER (RS/6000) chips. */ |
| 40 | |
| 41 | /* Tell the main code what the endianness is. */ |
| 42 | extern int target_big_endian; |
| 43 | |
| 44 | /* Whether or not, we've set target_big_endian. */ |
| 45 | static int set_target_endian = 0; |
| 46 | |
| 47 | /* Whether to use user friendly register names. */ |
| 48 | #ifndef TARGET_REG_NAMES_P |
| 49 | #ifdef TE_PE |
| 50 | #define TARGET_REG_NAMES_P TRUE |
| 51 | #else |
| 52 | #define TARGET_REG_NAMES_P FALSE |
| 53 | #endif |
| 54 | #endif |
| 55 | |
| 56 | /* Macros for calculating LO, HI, HA, HIGHER, HIGHERA, HIGHEST, |
| 57 | HIGHESTA. */ |
| 58 | |
| 59 | /* #lo(value) denotes the least significant 16 bits of the indicated. */ |
| 60 | #define PPC_LO(v) ((v) & 0xffff) |
| 61 | |
| 62 | /* #hi(value) denotes bits 16 through 31 of the indicated value. */ |
| 63 | #define PPC_HI(v) (((v) >> 16) & 0xffff) |
| 64 | |
| 65 | /* #ha(value) denotes the high adjusted value: bits 16 through 31 of |
| 66 | the indicated value, compensating for #lo() being treated as a |
| 67 | signed number. */ |
| 68 | #define PPC_HA(v) PPC_HI ((v) + 0x8000) |
| 69 | |
| 70 | /* #higher(value) denotes bits 32 through 47 of the indicated value. */ |
| 71 | #define PPC_HIGHER(v) (((v) >> 16 >> 16) & 0xffff) |
| 72 | |
| 73 | /* #highera(value) denotes bits 32 through 47 of the indicated value, |
| 74 | compensating for #lo() being treated as a signed number. */ |
| 75 | #define PPC_HIGHERA(v) PPC_HIGHER ((v) + 0x8000) |
| 76 | |
| 77 | /* #highest(value) denotes bits 48 through 63 of the indicated value. */ |
| 78 | #define PPC_HIGHEST(v) (((v) >> 24 >> 24) & 0xffff) |
| 79 | |
| 80 | /* #highesta(value) denotes bits 48 through 63 of the indicated value, |
| 81 | compensating for #lo being treated as a signed number. */ |
| 82 | #define PPC_HIGHESTA(v) PPC_HIGHEST ((v) + 0x8000) |
| 83 | |
| 84 | #define SEX16(val) ((((val) & 0xffff) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000) |
| 85 | |
| 86 | static bfd_boolean reg_names_p = TARGET_REG_NAMES_P; |
| 87 | |
| 88 | static bfd_boolean register_name PARAMS ((expressionS *)); |
| 89 | static void ppc_set_cpu PARAMS ((void)); |
| 90 | static unsigned long ppc_insert_operand |
| 91 | PARAMS ((unsigned long insn, const struct powerpc_operand *operand, |
| 92 | offsetT val, char *file, unsigned int line)); |
| 93 | static void ppc_macro PARAMS ((char *str, const struct powerpc_macro *macro)); |
| 94 | static void ppc_byte PARAMS ((int)); |
| 95 | |
| 96 | #if defined (OBJ_XCOFF) || defined (OBJ_ELF) |
| 97 | static int ppc_is_toc_sym PARAMS ((symbolS *sym)); |
| 98 | static void ppc_tc PARAMS ((int)); |
| 99 | static void ppc_machine PARAMS ((int)); |
| 100 | #endif |
| 101 | |
| 102 | #ifdef OBJ_XCOFF |
| 103 | static void ppc_comm PARAMS ((int)); |
| 104 | static void ppc_bb PARAMS ((int)); |
| 105 | static void ppc_bc PARAMS ((int)); |
| 106 | static void ppc_bf PARAMS ((int)); |
| 107 | static void ppc_biei PARAMS ((int)); |
| 108 | static void ppc_bs PARAMS ((int)); |
| 109 | static void ppc_eb PARAMS ((int)); |
| 110 | static void ppc_ec PARAMS ((int)); |
| 111 | static void ppc_ef PARAMS ((int)); |
| 112 | static void ppc_es PARAMS ((int)); |
| 113 | static void ppc_csect PARAMS ((int)); |
| 114 | static void ppc_change_csect PARAMS ((symbolS *, offsetT)); |
| 115 | static void ppc_function PARAMS ((int)); |
| 116 | static void ppc_extern PARAMS ((int)); |
| 117 | static void ppc_lglobl PARAMS ((int)); |
| 118 | static void ppc_section PARAMS ((int)); |
| 119 | static void ppc_named_section PARAMS ((int)); |
| 120 | static void ppc_stabx PARAMS ((int)); |
| 121 | static void ppc_rename PARAMS ((int)); |
| 122 | static void ppc_toc PARAMS ((int)); |
| 123 | static void ppc_xcoff_cons PARAMS ((int)); |
| 124 | static void ppc_vbyte PARAMS ((int)); |
| 125 | #endif |
| 126 | |
| 127 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 128 | static bfd_reloc_code_real_type ppc_elf_suffix PARAMS ((char **, expressionS *)); |
| 129 | static void ppc_elf_cons PARAMS ((int)); |
| 130 | static void ppc_elf_rdata PARAMS ((int)); |
| 131 | static void ppc_elf_lcomm PARAMS ((int)); |
| 132 | static void ppc_elf_validate_fix PARAMS ((fixS *, segT)); |
| 133 | static void ppc_apuinfo_section_add PARAMS ((unsigned int apu, unsigned int version)); |
| 134 | #endif |
| 135 | |
| 136 | #ifdef TE_PE |
| 137 | static void ppc_set_current_section PARAMS ((segT)); |
| 138 | static void ppc_previous PARAMS ((int)); |
| 139 | static void ppc_pdata PARAMS ((int)); |
| 140 | static void ppc_ydata PARAMS ((int)); |
| 141 | static void ppc_reldata PARAMS ((int)); |
| 142 | static void ppc_rdata PARAMS ((int)); |
| 143 | static void ppc_ualong PARAMS ((int)); |
| 144 | static void ppc_znop PARAMS ((int)); |
| 145 | static void ppc_pe_comm PARAMS ((int)); |
| 146 | static void ppc_pe_section PARAMS ((int)); |
| 147 | static void ppc_pe_function PARAMS ((int)); |
| 148 | static void ppc_pe_tocd PARAMS ((int)); |
| 149 | #endif |
| 150 | \f |
| 151 | /* Generic assembler global variables which must be defined by all |
| 152 | targets. */ |
| 153 | |
| 154 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 155 | /* This string holds the chars that always start a comment. If the |
| 156 | pre-processor is disabled, these aren't very useful. The macro |
| 157 | tc_comment_chars points to this. We use this, rather than the |
| 158 | usual comment_chars, so that we can switch for Solaris conventions. */ |
| 159 | static const char ppc_solaris_comment_chars[] = "#!"; |
| 160 | static const char ppc_eabi_comment_chars[] = "#"; |
| 161 | |
| 162 | #ifdef TARGET_SOLARIS_COMMENT |
| 163 | const char *ppc_comment_chars = ppc_solaris_comment_chars; |
| 164 | #else |
| 165 | const char *ppc_comment_chars = ppc_eabi_comment_chars; |
| 166 | #endif |
| 167 | #else |
| 168 | const char comment_chars[] = "#"; |
| 169 | #endif |
| 170 | |
| 171 | /* Characters which start a comment at the beginning of a line. */ |
| 172 | const char line_comment_chars[] = "#"; |
| 173 | |
| 174 | /* Characters which may be used to separate multiple commands on a |
| 175 | single line. */ |
| 176 | const char line_separator_chars[] = ";"; |
| 177 | |
| 178 | /* Characters which are used to indicate an exponent in a floating |
| 179 | point number. */ |
| 180 | const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE"; |
| 181 | |
| 182 | /* Characters which mean that a number is a floating point constant, |
| 183 | as in 0d1.0. */ |
| 184 | const char FLT_CHARS[] = "dD"; |
| 185 | |
| 186 | /* '+' and '-' can be used as postfix predicate predictors for conditional |
| 187 | branches. So they need to be accepted as symbol characters. */ |
| 188 | const char ppc_symbol_chars[] = "+-"; |
| 189 | |
| 190 | /* The dwarf2 data alignment, adjusted for 32 or 64 bit. */ |
| 191 | int ppc_cie_data_alignment; |
| 192 | \f |
| 193 | /* The target specific pseudo-ops which we support. */ |
| 194 | |
| 195 | const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] = |
| 196 | { |
| 197 | /* Pseudo-ops which must be overridden. */ |
| 198 | { "byte", ppc_byte, 0 }, |
| 199 | |
| 200 | #ifdef OBJ_XCOFF |
| 201 | /* Pseudo-ops specific to the RS/6000 XCOFF format. Some of these |
| 202 | legitimately belong in the obj-*.c file. However, XCOFF is based |
| 203 | on COFF, and is only implemented for the RS/6000. We just use |
| 204 | obj-coff.c, and add what we need here. */ |
| 205 | { "comm", ppc_comm, 0 }, |
| 206 | { "lcomm", ppc_comm, 1 }, |
| 207 | { "bb", ppc_bb, 0 }, |
| 208 | { "bc", ppc_bc, 0 }, |
| 209 | { "bf", ppc_bf, 0 }, |
| 210 | { "bi", ppc_biei, 0 }, |
| 211 | { "bs", ppc_bs, 0 }, |
| 212 | { "csect", ppc_csect, 0 }, |
| 213 | { "data", ppc_section, 'd' }, |
| 214 | { "eb", ppc_eb, 0 }, |
| 215 | { "ec", ppc_ec, 0 }, |
| 216 | { "ef", ppc_ef, 0 }, |
| 217 | { "ei", ppc_biei, 1 }, |
| 218 | { "es", ppc_es, 0 }, |
| 219 | { "extern", ppc_extern, 0 }, |
| 220 | { "function", ppc_function, 0 }, |
| 221 | { "lglobl", ppc_lglobl, 0 }, |
| 222 | { "rename", ppc_rename, 0 }, |
| 223 | { "section", ppc_named_section, 0 }, |
| 224 | { "stabx", ppc_stabx, 0 }, |
| 225 | { "text", ppc_section, 't' }, |
| 226 | { "toc", ppc_toc, 0 }, |
| 227 | { "long", ppc_xcoff_cons, 2 }, |
| 228 | { "llong", ppc_xcoff_cons, 3 }, |
| 229 | { "word", ppc_xcoff_cons, 1 }, |
| 230 | { "short", ppc_xcoff_cons, 1 }, |
| 231 | { "vbyte", ppc_vbyte, 0 }, |
| 232 | #endif |
| 233 | |
| 234 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 235 | { "llong", ppc_elf_cons, 8 }, |
| 236 | { "quad", ppc_elf_cons, 8 }, |
| 237 | { "long", ppc_elf_cons, 4 }, |
| 238 | { "word", ppc_elf_cons, 2 }, |
| 239 | { "short", ppc_elf_cons, 2 }, |
| 240 | { "rdata", ppc_elf_rdata, 0 }, |
| 241 | { "rodata", ppc_elf_rdata, 0 }, |
| 242 | { "lcomm", ppc_elf_lcomm, 0 }, |
| 243 | #endif |
| 244 | |
| 245 | #ifdef TE_PE |
| 246 | /* Pseudo-ops specific to the Windows NT PowerPC PE (coff) format. */ |
| 247 | { "previous", ppc_previous, 0 }, |
| 248 | { "pdata", ppc_pdata, 0 }, |
| 249 | { "ydata", ppc_ydata, 0 }, |
| 250 | { "reldata", ppc_reldata, 0 }, |
| 251 | { "rdata", ppc_rdata, 0 }, |
| 252 | { "ualong", ppc_ualong, 0 }, |
| 253 | { "znop", ppc_znop, 0 }, |
| 254 | { "comm", ppc_pe_comm, 0 }, |
| 255 | { "lcomm", ppc_pe_comm, 1 }, |
| 256 | { "section", ppc_pe_section, 0 }, |
| 257 | { "function", ppc_pe_function,0 }, |
| 258 | { "tocd", ppc_pe_tocd, 0 }, |
| 259 | #endif |
| 260 | |
| 261 | #if defined (OBJ_XCOFF) || defined (OBJ_ELF) |
| 262 | { "tc", ppc_tc, 0 }, |
| 263 | { "machine", ppc_machine, 0 }, |
| 264 | #endif |
| 265 | |
| 266 | { NULL, NULL, 0 } |
| 267 | }; |
| 268 | |
| 269 | \f |
| 270 | /* Predefined register names if -mregnames (or default for Windows NT). |
| 271 | In general, there are lots of them, in an attempt to be compatible |
| 272 | with a number of other Windows NT assemblers. */ |
| 273 | |
| 274 | /* Structure to hold information about predefined registers. */ |
| 275 | struct pd_reg |
| 276 | { |
| 277 | char *name; |
| 278 | int value; |
| 279 | }; |
| 280 | |
| 281 | /* List of registers that are pre-defined: |
| 282 | |
| 283 | Each general register has predefined names of the form: |
| 284 | 1. r<reg_num> which has the value <reg_num>. |
| 285 | 2. r.<reg_num> which has the value <reg_num>. |
| 286 | |
| 287 | Each floating point register has predefined names of the form: |
| 288 | 1. f<reg_num> which has the value <reg_num>. |
| 289 | 2. f.<reg_num> which has the value <reg_num>. |
| 290 | |
| 291 | Each vector unit register has predefined names of the form: |
| 292 | 1. v<reg_num> which has the value <reg_num>. |
| 293 | 2. v.<reg_num> which has the value <reg_num>. |
| 294 | |
| 295 | Each condition register has predefined names of the form: |
| 296 | 1. cr<reg_num> which has the value <reg_num>. |
| 297 | 2. cr.<reg_num> which has the value <reg_num>. |
| 298 | |
| 299 | There are individual registers as well: |
| 300 | sp or r.sp has the value 1 |
| 301 | rtoc or r.toc has the value 2 |
| 302 | fpscr has the value 0 |
| 303 | xer has the value 1 |
| 304 | lr has the value 8 |
| 305 | ctr has the value 9 |
| 306 | pmr has the value 0 |
| 307 | dar has the value 19 |
| 308 | dsisr has the value 18 |
| 309 | dec has the value 22 |
| 310 | sdr1 has the value 25 |
| 311 | srr0 has the value 26 |
| 312 | srr1 has the value 27 |
| 313 | |
| 314 | The table is sorted. Suitable for searching by a binary search. */ |
| 315 | |
| 316 | static const struct pd_reg pre_defined_registers[] = |
| 317 | { |
| 318 | { "cr.0", 0 }, /* Condition Registers */ |
| 319 | { "cr.1", 1 }, |
| 320 | { "cr.2", 2 }, |
| 321 | { "cr.3", 3 }, |
| 322 | { "cr.4", 4 }, |
| 323 | { "cr.5", 5 }, |
| 324 | { "cr.6", 6 }, |
| 325 | { "cr.7", 7 }, |
| 326 | |
| 327 | { "cr0", 0 }, |
| 328 | { "cr1", 1 }, |
| 329 | { "cr2", 2 }, |
| 330 | { "cr3", 3 }, |
| 331 | { "cr4", 4 }, |
| 332 | { "cr5", 5 }, |
| 333 | { "cr6", 6 }, |
| 334 | { "cr7", 7 }, |
| 335 | |
| 336 | { "ctr", 9 }, |
| 337 | |
| 338 | { "dar", 19 }, /* Data Access Register */ |
| 339 | { "dec", 22 }, /* Decrementer */ |
| 340 | { "dsisr", 18 }, /* Data Storage Interrupt Status Register */ |
| 341 | |
| 342 | { "f.0", 0 }, /* Floating point registers */ |
| 343 | { "f.1", 1 }, |
| 344 | { "f.10", 10 }, |
| 345 | { "f.11", 11 }, |
| 346 | { "f.12", 12 }, |
| 347 | { "f.13", 13 }, |
| 348 | { "f.14", 14 }, |
| 349 | { "f.15", 15 }, |
| 350 | { "f.16", 16 }, |
| 351 | { "f.17", 17 }, |
| 352 | { "f.18", 18 }, |
| 353 | { "f.19", 19 }, |
| 354 | { "f.2", 2 }, |
| 355 | { "f.20", 20 }, |
| 356 | { "f.21", 21 }, |
| 357 | { "f.22", 22 }, |
| 358 | { "f.23", 23 }, |
| 359 | { "f.24", 24 }, |
| 360 | { "f.25", 25 }, |
| 361 | { "f.26", 26 }, |
| 362 | { "f.27", 27 }, |
| 363 | { "f.28", 28 }, |
| 364 | { "f.29", 29 }, |
| 365 | { "f.3", 3 }, |
| 366 | { "f.30", 30 }, |
| 367 | { "f.31", 31 }, |
| 368 | { "f.4", 4 }, |
| 369 | { "f.5", 5 }, |
| 370 | { "f.6", 6 }, |
| 371 | { "f.7", 7 }, |
| 372 | { "f.8", 8 }, |
| 373 | { "f.9", 9 }, |
| 374 | |
| 375 | { "f0", 0 }, |
| 376 | { "f1", 1 }, |
| 377 | { "f10", 10 }, |
| 378 | { "f11", 11 }, |
| 379 | { "f12", 12 }, |
| 380 | { "f13", 13 }, |
| 381 | { "f14", 14 }, |
| 382 | { "f15", 15 }, |
| 383 | { "f16", 16 }, |
| 384 | { "f17", 17 }, |
| 385 | { "f18", 18 }, |
| 386 | { "f19", 19 }, |
| 387 | { "f2", 2 }, |
| 388 | { "f20", 20 }, |
| 389 | { "f21", 21 }, |
| 390 | { "f22", 22 }, |
| 391 | { "f23", 23 }, |
| 392 | { "f24", 24 }, |
| 393 | { "f25", 25 }, |
| 394 | { "f26", 26 }, |
| 395 | { "f27", 27 }, |
| 396 | { "f28", 28 }, |
| 397 | { "f29", 29 }, |
| 398 | { "f3", 3 }, |
| 399 | { "f30", 30 }, |
| 400 | { "f31", 31 }, |
| 401 | { "f4", 4 }, |
| 402 | { "f5", 5 }, |
| 403 | { "f6", 6 }, |
| 404 | { "f7", 7 }, |
| 405 | { "f8", 8 }, |
| 406 | { "f9", 9 }, |
| 407 | |
| 408 | { "fpscr", 0 }, |
| 409 | |
| 410 | { "lr", 8 }, /* Link Register */ |
| 411 | |
| 412 | { "pmr", 0 }, |
| 413 | |
| 414 | { "r.0", 0 }, /* General Purpose Registers */ |
| 415 | { "r.1", 1 }, |
| 416 | { "r.10", 10 }, |
| 417 | { "r.11", 11 }, |
| 418 | { "r.12", 12 }, |
| 419 | { "r.13", 13 }, |
| 420 | { "r.14", 14 }, |
| 421 | { "r.15", 15 }, |
| 422 | { "r.16", 16 }, |
| 423 | { "r.17", 17 }, |
| 424 | { "r.18", 18 }, |
| 425 | { "r.19", 19 }, |
| 426 | { "r.2", 2 }, |
| 427 | { "r.20", 20 }, |
| 428 | { "r.21", 21 }, |
| 429 | { "r.22", 22 }, |
| 430 | { "r.23", 23 }, |
| 431 | { "r.24", 24 }, |
| 432 | { "r.25", 25 }, |
| 433 | { "r.26", 26 }, |
| 434 | { "r.27", 27 }, |
| 435 | { "r.28", 28 }, |
| 436 | { "r.29", 29 }, |
| 437 | { "r.3", 3 }, |
| 438 | { "r.30", 30 }, |
| 439 | { "r.31", 31 }, |
| 440 | { "r.4", 4 }, |
| 441 | { "r.5", 5 }, |
| 442 | { "r.6", 6 }, |
| 443 | { "r.7", 7 }, |
| 444 | { "r.8", 8 }, |
| 445 | { "r.9", 9 }, |
| 446 | |
| 447 | { "r.sp", 1 }, /* Stack Pointer */ |
| 448 | |
| 449 | { "r.toc", 2 }, /* Pointer to the table of contents */ |
| 450 | |
| 451 | { "r0", 0 }, /* More general purpose registers */ |
| 452 | { "r1", 1 }, |
| 453 | { "r10", 10 }, |
| 454 | { "r11", 11 }, |
| 455 | { "r12", 12 }, |
| 456 | { "r13", 13 }, |
| 457 | { "r14", 14 }, |
| 458 | { "r15", 15 }, |
| 459 | { "r16", 16 }, |
| 460 | { "r17", 17 }, |
| 461 | { "r18", 18 }, |
| 462 | { "r19", 19 }, |
| 463 | { "r2", 2 }, |
| 464 | { "r20", 20 }, |
| 465 | { "r21", 21 }, |
| 466 | { "r22", 22 }, |
| 467 | { "r23", 23 }, |
| 468 | { "r24", 24 }, |
| 469 | { "r25", 25 }, |
| 470 | { "r26", 26 }, |
| 471 | { "r27", 27 }, |
| 472 | { "r28", 28 }, |
| 473 | { "r29", 29 }, |
| 474 | { "r3", 3 }, |
| 475 | { "r30", 30 }, |
| 476 | { "r31", 31 }, |
| 477 | { "r4", 4 }, |
| 478 | { "r5", 5 }, |
| 479 | { "r6", 6 }, |
| 480 | { "r7", 7 }, |
| 481 | { "r8", 8 }, |
| 482 | { "r9", 9 }, |
| 483 | |
| 484 | { "rtoc", 2 }, /* Table of contents */ |
| 485 | |
| 486 | { "sdr1", 25 }, /* Storage Description Register 1 */ |
| 487 | |
| 488 | { "sp", 1 }, |
| 489 | |
| 490 | { "srr0", 26 }, /* Machine Status Save/Restore Register 0 */ |
| 491 | { "srr1", 27 }, /* Machine Status Save/Restore Register 1 */ |
| 492 | |
| 493 | { "v.0", 0 }, /* Vector registers */ |
| 494 | { "v.1", 1 }, |
| 495 | { "v.10", 10 }, |
| 496 | { "v.11", 11 }, |
| 497 | { "v.12", 12 }, |
| 498 | { "v.13", 13 }, |
| 499 | { "v.14", 14 }, |
| 500 | { "v.15", 15 }, |
| 501 | { "v.16", 16 }, |
| 502 | { "v.17", 17 }, |
| 503 | { "v.18", 18 }, |
| 504 | { "v.19", 19 }, |
| 505 | { "v.2", 2 }, |
| 506 | { "v.20", 20 }, |
| 507 | { "v.21", 21 }, |
| 508 | { "v.22", 22 }, |
| 509 | { "v.23", 23 }, |
| 510 | { "v.24", 24 }, |
| 511 | { "v.25", 25 }, |
| 512 | { "v.26", 26 }, |
| 513 | { "v.27", 27 }, |
| 514 | { "v.28", 28 }, |
| 515 | { "v.29", 29 }, |
| 516 | { "v.3", 3 }, |
| 517 | { "v.30", 30 }, |
| 518 | { "v.31", 31 }, |
| 519 | { "v.4", 4 }, |
| 520 | { "v.5", 5 }, |
| 521 | { "v.6", 6 }, |
| 522 | { "v.7", 7 }, |
| 523 | { "v.8", 8 }, |
| 524 | { "v.9", 9 }, |
| 525 | |
| 526 | { "v0", 0 }, |
| 527 | { "v1", 1 }, |
| 528 | { "v10", 10 }, |
| 529 | { "v11", 11 }, |
| 530 | { "v12", 12 }, |
| 531 | { "v13", 13 }, |
| 532 | { "v14", 14 }, |
| 533 | { "v15", 15 }, |
| 534 | { "v16", 16 }, |
| 535 | { "v17", 17 }, |
| 536 | { "v18", 18 }, |
| 537 | { "v19", 19 }, |
| 538 | { "v2", 2 }, |
| 539 | { "v20", 20 }, |
| 540 | { "v21", 21 }, |
| 541 | { "v22", 22 }, |
| 542 | { "v23", 23 }, |
| 543 | { "v24", 24 }, |
| 544 | { "v25", 25 }, |
| 545 | { "v26", 26 }, |
| 546 | { "v27", 27 }, |
| 547 | { "v28", 28 }, |
| 548 | { "v29", 29 }, |
| 549 | { "v3", 3 }, |
| 550 | { "v30", 30 }, |
| 551 | { "v31", 31 }, |
| 552 | { "v4", 4 }, |
| 553 | { "v5", 5 }, |
| 554 | { "v6", 6 }, |
| 555 | { "v7", 7 }, |
| 556 | { "v8", 8 }, |
| 557 | { "v9", 9 }, |
| 558 | |
| 559 | { "xer", 1 }, |
| 560 | |
| 561 | }; |
| 562 | |
| 563 | #define REG_NAME_CNT (sizeof (pre_defined_registers) / sizeof (struct pd_reg)) |
| 564 | |
| 565 | /* Given NAME, find the register number associated with that name, return |
| 566 | the integer value associated with the given name or -1 on failure. */ |
| 567 | |
| 568 | static int reg_name_search |
| 569 | PARAMS ((const struct pd_reg *, int, const char * name)); |
| 570 | |
| 571 | static int |
| 572 | reg_name_search (regs, regcount, name) |
| 573 | const struct pd_reg *regs; |
| 574 | int regcount; |
| 575 | const char *name; |
| 576 | { |
| 577 | int middle, low, high; |
| 578 | int cmp; |
| 579 | |
| 580 | low = 0; |
| 581 | high = regcount - 1; |
| 582 | |
| 583 | do |
| 584 | { |
| 585 | middle = (low + high) / 2; |
| 586 | cmp = strcasecmp (name, regs[middle].name); |
| 587 | if (cmp < 0) |
| 588 | high = middle - 1; |
| 589 | else if (cmp > 0) |
| 590 | low = middle + 1; |
| 591 | else |
| 592 | return regs[middle].value; |
| 593 | } |
| 594 | while (low <= high); |
| 595 | |
| 596 | return -1; |
| 597 | } |
| 598 | |
| 599 | /* |
| 600 | * Summary of register_name. |
| 601 | * |
| 602 | * in: Input_line_pointer points to 1st char of operand. |
| 603 | * |
| 604 | * out: A expressionS. |
| 605 | * The operand may have been a register: in this case, X_op == O_register, |
| 606 | * X_add_number is set to the register number, and truth is returned. |
| 607 | * Input_line_pointer->(next non-blank) char after operand, or is in its |
| 608 | * original state. |
| 609 | */ |
| 610 | |
| 611 | static bfd_boolean |
| 612 | register_name (expressionP) |
| 613 | expressionS *expressionP; |
| 614 | { |
| 615 | int reg_number; |
| 616 | char *name; |
| 617 | char *start; |
| 618 | char c; |
| 619 | |
| 620 | /* Find the spelling of the operand. */ |
| 621 | start = name = input_line_pointer; |
| 622 | if (name[0] == '%' && ISALPHA (name[1])) |
| 623 | name = ++input_line_pointer; |
| 624 | |
| 625 | else if (!reg_names_p || !ISALPHA (name[0])) |
| 626 | return FALSE; |
| 627 | |
| 628 | c = get_symbol_end (); |
| 629 | reg_number = reg_name_search (pre_defined_registers, REG_NAME_CNT, name); |
| 630 | |
| 631 | /* Put back the delimiting char. */ |
| 632 | *input_line_pointer = c; |
| 633 | |
| 634 | /* Look to see if it's in the register table. */ |
| 635 | if (reg_number >= 0) |
| 636 | { |
| 637 | expressionP->X_op = O_register; |
| 638 | expressionP->X_add_number = reg_number; |
| 639 | |
| 640 | /* Make the rest nice. */ |
| 641 | expressionP->X_add_symbol = NULL; |
| 642 | expressionP->X_op_symbol = NULL; |
| 643 | return TRUE; |
| 644 | } |
| 645 | |
| 646 | /* Reset the line as if we had not done anything. */ |
| 647 | input_line_pointer = start; |
| 648 | return FALSE; |
| 649 | } |
| 650 | \f |
| 651 | /* This function is called for each symbol seen in an expression. It |
| 652 | handles the special parsing which PowerPC assemblers are supposed |
| 653 | to use for condition codes. */ |
| 654 | |
| 655 | /* Whether to do the special parsing. */ |
| 656 | static bfd_boolean cr_operand; |
| 657 | |
| 658 | /* Names to recognize in a condition code. This table is sorted. */ |
| 659 | static const struct pd_reg cr_names[] = |
| 660 | { |
| 661 | { "cr0", 0 }, |
| 662 | { "cr1", 1 }, |
| 663 | { "cr2", 2 }, |
| 664 | { "cr3", 3 }, |
| 665 | { "cr4", 4 }, |
| 666 | { "cr5", 5 }, |
| 667 | { "cr6", 6 }, |
| 668 | { "cr7", 7 }, |
| 669 | { "eq", 2 }, |
| 670 | { "gt", 1 }, |
| 671 | { "lt", 0 }, |
| 672 | { "so", 3 }, |
| 673 | { "un", 3 } |
| 674 | }; |
| 675 | |
| 676 | /* Parsing function. This returns non-zero if it recognized an |
| 677 | expression. */ |
| 678 | |
| 679 | int |
| 680 | ppc_parse_name (name, expr) |
| 681 | const char *name; |
| 682 | expressionS *expr; |
| 683 | { |
| 684 | int val; |
| 685 | |
| 686 | if (! cr_operand) |
| 687 | return 0; |
| 688 | |
| 689 | val = reg_name_search (cr_names, sizeof cr_names / sizeof cr_names[0], |
| 690 | name); |
| 691 | if (val < 0) |
| 692 | return 0; |
| 693 | |
| 694 | expr->X_op = O_constant; |
| 695 | expr->X_add_number = val; |
| 696 | |
| 697 | return 1; |
| 698 | } |
| 699 | \f |
| 700 | /* Local variables. */ |
| 701 | |
| 702 | /* The type of processor we are assembling for. This is one or more |
| 703 | of the PPC_OPCODE flags defined in opcode/ppc.h. */ |
| 704 | static unsigned long ppc_cpu = 0; |
| 705 | |
| 706 | /* Whether to target xcoff64/elf64. */ |
| 707 | static unsigned int ppc_obj64 = BFD_DEFAULT_TARGET_SIZE == 64; |
| 708 | |
| 709 | /* Opcode hash table. */ |
| 710 | static struct hash_control *ppc_hash; |
| 711 | |
| 712 | /* Macro hash table. */ |
| 713 | static struct hash_control *ppc_macro_hash; |
| 714 | |
| 715 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 716 | /* What type of shared library support to use. */ |
| 717 | static enum { SHLIB_NONE, SHLIB_PIC, SHLIB_MRELOCATABLE } shlib = SHLIB_NONE; |
| 718 | |
| 719 | /* Flags to set in the elf header. */ |
| 720 | static flagword ppc_flags = 0; |
| 721 | |
| 722 | /* Whether this is Solaris or not. */ |
| 723 | #ifdef TARGET_SOLARIS_COMMENT |
| 724 | #define SOLARIS_P TRUE |
| 725 | #else |
| 726 | #define SOLARIS_P FALSE |
| 727 | #endif |
| 728 | |
| 729 | static bfd_boolean msolaris = SOLARIS_P; |
| 730 | #endif |
| 731 | |
| 732 | #ifdef OBJ_XCOFF |
| 733 | |
| 734 | /* The RS/6000 assembler uses the .csect pseudo-op to generate code |
| 735 | using a bunch of different sections. These assembler sections, |
| 736 | however, are all encompassed within the .text or .data sections of |
| 737 | the final output file. We handle this by using different |
| 738 | subsegments within these main segments. */ |
| 739 | |
| 740 | /* Next subsegment to allocate within the .text segment. */ |
| 741 | static subsegT ppc_text_subsegment = 2; |
| 742 | |
| 743 | /* Linked list of csects in the text section. */ |
| 744 | static symbolS *ppc_text_csects; |
| 745 | |
| 746 | /* Next subsegment to allocate within the .data segment. */ |
| 747 | static subsegT ppc_data_subsegment = 2; |
| 748 | |
| 749 | /* Linked list of csects in the data section. */ |
| 750 | static symbolS *ppc_data_csects; |
| 751 | |
| 752 | /* The current csect. */ |
| 753 | static symbolS *ppc_current_csect; |
| 754 | |
| 755 | /* The RS/6000 assembler uses a TOC which holds addresses of functions |
| 756 | and variables. Symbols are put in the TOC with the .tc pseudo-op. |
| 757 | A special relocation is used when accessing TOC entries. We handle |
| 758 | the TOC as a subsegment within the .data segment. We set it up if |
| 759 | we see a .toc pseudo-op, and save the csect symbol here. */ |
| 760 | static symbolS *ppc_toc_csect; |
| 761 | |
| 762 | /* The first frag in the TOC subsegment. */ |
| 763 | static fragS *ppc_toc_frag; |
| 764 | |
| 765 | /* The first frag in the first subsegment after the TOC in the .data |
| 766 | segment. NULL if there are no subsegments after the TOC. */ |
| 767 | static fragS *ppc_after_toc_frag; |
| 768 | |
| 769 | /* The current static block. */ |
| 770 | static symbolS *ppc_current_block; |
| 771 | |
| 772 | /* The COFF debugging section; set by md_begin. This is not the |
| 773 | .debug section, but is instead the secret BFD section which will |
| 774 | cause BFD to set the section number of a symbol to N_DEBUG. */ |
| 775 | static asection *ppc_coff_debug_section; |
| 776 | |
| 777 | #endif /* OBJ_XCOFF */ |
| 778 | |
| 779 | #ifdef TE_PE |
| 780 | |
| 781 | /* Various sections that we need for PE coff support. */ |
| 782 | static segT ydata_section; |
| 783 | static segT pdata_section; |
| 784 | static segT reldata_section; |
| 785 | static segT rdata_section; |
| 786 | static segT tocdata_section; |
| 787 | |
| 788 | /* The current section and the previous section. See ppc_previous. */ |
| 789 | static segT ppc_previous_section; |
| 790 | static segT ppc_current_section; |
| 791 | |
| 792 | #endif /* TE_PE */ |
| 793 | |
| 794 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 795 | symbolS *GOT_symbol; /* Pre-defined "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE" */ |
| 796 | #define PPC_APUINFO_ISEL 0x40 |
| 797 | #define PPC_APUINFO_PMR 0x41 |
| 798 | #define PPC_APUINFO_RFMCI 0x42 |
| 799 | #define PPC_APUINFO_CACHELCK 0x43 |
| 800 | #define PPC_APUINFO_SPE 0x100 |
| 801 | #define PPC_APUINFO_EFS 0x101 |
| 802 | #define PPC_APUINFO_BRLOCK 0x102 |
| 803 | |
| 804 | /* |
| 805 | * We keep a list of APUinfo |
| 806 | */ |
| 807 | unsigned long *ppc_apuinfo_list; |
| 808 | unsigned int ppc_apuinfo_num; |
| 809 | unsigned int ppc_apuinfo_num_alloc; |
| 810 | #endif /* OBJ_ELF */ |
| 811 | \f |
| 812 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 813 | const char *const md_shortopts = "b:l:usm:K:VQ:"; |
| 814 | #else |
| 815 | const char *const md_shortopts = "um:"; |
| 816 | #endif |
| 817 | const struct option md_longopts[] = { |
| 818 | {NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0} |
| 819 | }; |
| 820 | const size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof (md_longopts); |
| 821 | |
| 822 | |
| 823 | /* Handle -m options that set cpu type, and .machine arg. */ |
| 824 | |
| 825 | static int |
| 826 | parse_cpu (const char *arg) |
| 827 | { |
| 828 | /* -mpwrx and -mpwr2 mean to assemble for the IBM POWER/2 |
| 829 | (RIOS2). */ |
| 830 | if (strcmp (arg, "pwrx") == 0 || strcmp (arg, "pwr2") == 0) |
| 831 | ppc_cpu = PPC_OPCODE_POWER | PPC_OPCODE_POWER2 | PPC_OPCODE_32; |
| 832 | /* -mpwr means to assemble for the IBM POWER (RIOS1). */ |
| 833 | else if (strcmp (arg, "pwr") == 0) |
| 834 | ppc_cpu = PPC_OPCODE_POWER | PPC_OPCODE_32; |
| 835 | /* -m601 means to assemble for the PowerPC 601, which includes |
| 836 | instructions that are holdovers from the Power. */ |
| 837 | else if (strcmp (arg, "601") == 0) |
| 838 | ppc_cpu = (PPC_OPCODE_PPC | PPC_OPCODE_CLASSIC |
| 839 | | PPC_OPCODE_601 | PPC_OPCODE_32); |
| 840 | /* -mppc, -mppc32, -m603, and -m604 mean to assemble for the |
| 841 | PowerPC 603/604. */ |
| 842 | else if (strcmp (arg, "ppc") == 0 |
| 843 | || strcmp (arg, "ppc32") == 0 |
| 844 | || strcmp (arg, "603") == 0 |
| 845 | || strcmp (arg, "604") == 0) |
| 846 | ppc_cpu = PPC_OPCODE_PPC | PPC_OPCODE_CLASSIC | PPC_OPCODE_32; |
| 847 | /* -m403 and -m405 mean to assemble for the PowerPC 403/405. */ |
| 848 | else if (strcmp (arg, "403") == 0 |
| 849 | || strcmp (arg, "405") == 0) |
| 850 | ppc_cpu = (PPC_OPCODE_PPC | PPC_OPCODE_CLASSIC |
| 851 | | PPC_OPCODE_403 | PPC_OPCODE_32); |
| 852 | else if (strcmp (arg, "440") == 0) |
| 853 | ppc_cpu = (PPC_OPCODE_PPC | PPC_OPCODE_BOOKE | PPC_OPCODE_32 |
| 854 | | PPC_OPCODE_440 | PPC_OPCODE_ISEL | PPC_OPCODE_RFMCI); |
| 855 | else if (strcmp (arg, "7400") == 0 |
| 856 | || strcmp (arg, "7410") == 0 |
| 857 | || strcmp (arg, "7450") == 0 |
| 858 | || strcmp (arg, "7455") == 0) |
| 859 | ppc_cpu = (PPC_OPCODE_PPC | PPC_OPCODE_CLASSIC |
| 860 | | PPC_OPCODE_ALTIVEC | PPC_OPCODE_32); |
| 861 | else if (strcmp (arg, "altivec") == 0) |
| 862 | { |
| 863 | if (ppc_cpu == 0) |
| 864 | ppc_cpu = PPC_OPCODE_PPC | PPC_OPCODE_CLASSIC | PPC_OPCODE_ALTIVEC; |
| 865 | else |
| 866 | ppc_cpu |= PPC_OPCODE_ALTIVEC; |
| 867 | } |
| 868 | else if (strcmp (arg, "e500") == 0 || strcmp (arg, "e500x2") == 0) |
| 869 | { |
| 870 | ppc_cpu = (PPC_OPCODE_PPC | PPC_OPCODE_BOOKE | PPC_OPCODE_SPE |
| 871 | | PPC_OPCODE_ISEL | PPC_OPCODE_EFS | PPC_OPCODE_BRLOCK |
| 872 | | PPC_OPCODE_PMR | PPC_OPCODE_CACHELCK |
| 873 | | PPC_OPCODE_RFMCI); |
| 874 | } |
| 875 | else if (strcmp (arg, "spe") == 0) |
| 876 | { |
| 877 | if (ppc_cpu == 0) |
| 878 | ppc_cpu = PPC_OPCODE_PPC | PPC_OPCODE_SPE | PPC_OPCODE_EFS; |
| 879 | else |
| 880 | ppc_cpu |= PPC_OPCODE_SPE; |
| 881 | } |
| 882 | /* -mppc64 and -m620 mean to assemble for the 64-bit PowerPC |
| 883 | 620. */ |
| 884 | else if (strcmp (arg, "ppc64") == 0 || strcmp (arg, "620") == 0) |
| 885 | { |
| 886 | ppc_cpu = PPC_OPCODE_PPC | PPC_OPCODE_CLASSIC | PPC_OPCODE_64; |
| 887 | } |
| 888 | else if (strcmp (arg, "ppc64bridge") == 0) |
| 889 | { |
| 890 | ppc_cpu = (PPC_OPCODE_PPC | PPC_OPCODE_CLASSIC |
| 891 | | PPC_OPCODE_64_BRIDGE | PPC_OPCODE_64); |
| 892 | } |
| 893 | /* -mbooke/-mbooke32 mean enable 32-bit BookE support. */ |
| 894 | else if (strcmp (arg, "booke") == 0 || strcmp (arg, "booke32") == 0) |
| 895 | { |
| 896 | ppc_cpu = PPC_OPCODE_PPC | PPC_OPCODE_BOOKE | PPC_OPCODE_32; |
| 897 | } |
| 898 | /* -mbooke64 means enable 64-bit BookE support. */ |
| 899 | else if (strcmp (arg, "booke64") == 0) |
| 900 | { |
| 901 | ppc_cpu = (PPC_OPCODE_PPC | PPC_OPCODE_BOOKE |
| 902 | | PPC_OPCODE_BOOKE64 | PPC_OPCODE_64); |
| 903 | } |
| 904 | else if (strcmp (arg, "power4") == 0) |
| 905 | { |
| 906 | ppc_cpu = (PPC_OPCODE_PPC | PPC_OPCODE_CLASSIC |
| 907 | | PPC_OPCODE_64 | PPC_OPCODE_POWER4); |
| 908 | } |
| 909 | /* -mcom means assemble for the common intersection between Power |
| 910 | and PowerPC. At present, we just allow the union, rather |
| 911 | than the intersection. */ |
| 912 | else if (strcmp (arg, "com") == 0) |
| 913 | ppc_cpu = PPC_OPCODE_COMMON | PPC_OPCODE_32; |
| 914 | /* -many means to assemble for any architecture (PWR/PWRX/PPC). */ |
| 915 | else if (strcmp (arg, "any") == 0) |
| 916 | ppc_cpu |= PPC_OPCODE_ANY; |
| 917 | else |
| 918 | return 0; |
| 919 | |
| 920 | return 1; |
| 921 | } |
| 922 | |
| 923 | int |
| 924 | md_parse_option (c, arg) |
| 925 | int c; |
| 926 | char *arg; |
| 927 | { |
| 928 | switch (c) |
| 929 | { |
| 930 | case 'u': |
| 931 | /* -u means that any undefined symbols should be treated as |
| 932 | external, which is the default for gas anyhow. */ |
| 933 | break; |
| 934 | |
| 935 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 936 | case 'l': |
| 937 | /* Solaris as takes -le (presumably for little endian). For completeness |
| 938 | sake, recognize -be also. */ |
| 939 | if (strcmp (arg, "e") == 0) |
| 940 | { |
| 941 | target_big_endian = 0; |
| 942 | set_target_endian = 1; |
| 943 | } |
| 944 | else |
| 945 | return 0; |
| 946 | |
| 947 | break; |
| 948 | |
| 949 | case 'b': |
| 950 | if (strcmp (arg, "e") == 0) |
| 951 | { |
| 952 | target_big_endian = 1; |
| 953 | set_target_endian = 1; |
| 954 | } |
| 955 | else |
| 956 | return 0; |
| 957 | |
| 958 | break; |
| 959 | |
| 960 | case 'K': |
| 961 | /* Recognize -K PIC. */ |
| 962 | if (strcmp (arg, "PIC") == 0 || strcmp (arg, "pic") == 0) |
| 963 | { |
| 964 | shlib = SHLIB_PIC; |
| 965 | ppc_flags |= EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB; |
| 966 | } |
| 967 | else |
| 968 | return 0; |
| 969 | |
| 970 | break; |
| 971 | #endif |
| 972 | |
| 973 | /* a64 and a32 determine whether to use XCOFF64 or XCOFF32. */ |
| 974 | case 'a': |
| 975 | if (strcmp (arg, "64") == 0) |
| 976 | { |
| 977 | #ifdef BFD64 |
| 978 | ppc_obj64 = 1; |
| 979 | #else |
| 980 | as_fatal (_("%s unsupported"), "-a64"); |
| 981 | #endif |
| 982 | } |
| 983 | else if (strcmp (arg, "32") == 0) |
| 984 | ppc_obj64 = 0; |
| 985 | else |
| 986 | return 0; |
| 987 | break; |
| 988 | |
| 989 | case 'm': |
| 990 | if (parse_cpu (arg)) |
| 991 | ; |
| 992 | |
| 993 | else if (strcmp (arg, "regnames") == 0) |
| 994 | reg_names_p = TRUE; |
| 995 | |
| 996 | else if (strcmp (arg, "no-regnames") == 0) |
| 997 | reg_names_p = FALSE; |
| 998 | |
| 999 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 1000 | /* -mrelocatable/-mrelocatable-lib -- warn about initializations |
| 1001 | that require relocation. */ |
| 1002 | else if (strcmp (arg, "relocatable") == 0) |
| 1003 | { |
| 1004 | shlib = SHLIB_MRELOCATABLE; |
| 1005 | ppc_flags |= EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE; |
| 1006 | } |
| 1007 | |
| 1008 | else if (strcmp (arg, "relocatable-lib") == 0) |
| 1009 | { |
| 1010 | shlib = SHLIB_MRELOCATABLE; |
| 1011 | ppc_flags |= EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB; |
| 1012 | } |
| 1013 | |
| 1014 | /* -memb, set embedded bit. */ |
| 1015 | else if (strcmp (arg, "emb") == 0) |
| 1016 | ppc_flags |= EF_PPC_EMB; |
| 1017 | |
| 1018 | /* -mlittle/-mbig set the endianess. */ |
| 1019 | else if (strcmp (arg, "little") == 0 |
| 1020 | || strcmp (arg, "little-endian") == 0) |
| 1021 | { |
| 1022 | target_big_endian = 0; |
| 1023 | set_target_endian = 1; |
| 1024 | } |
| 1025 | |
| 1026 | else if (strcmp (arg, "big") == 0 || strcmp (arg, "big-endian") == 0) |
| 1027 | { |
| 1028 | target_big_endian = 1; |
| 1029 | set_target_endian = 1; |
| 1030 | } |
| 1031 | |
| 1032 | else if (strcmp (arg, "solaris") == 0) |
| 1033 | { |
| 1034 | msolaris = TRUE; |
| 1035 | ppc_comment_chars = ppc_solaris_comment_chars; |
| 1036 | } |
| 1037 | |
| 1038 | else if (strcmp (arg, "no-solaris") == 0) |
| 1039 | { |
| 1040 | msolaris = FALSE; |
| 1041 | ppc_comment_chars = ppc_eabi_comment_chars; |
| 1042 | } |
| 1043 | #endif |
| 1044 | else |
| 1045 | { |
| 1046 | as_bad (_("invalid switch -m%s"), arg); |
| 1047 | return 0; |
| 1048 | } |
| 1049 | break; |
| 1050 | |
| 1051 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 1052 | /* -V: SVR4 argument to print version ID. */ |
| 1053 | case 'V': |
| 1054 | print_version_id (); |
| 1055 | break; |
| 1056 | |
| 1057 | /* -Qy, -Qn: SVR4 arguments controlling whether a .comment section |
| 1058 | should be emitted or not. FIXME: Not implemented. */ |
| 1059 | case 'Q': |
| 1060 | break; |
| 1061 | |
| 1062 | /* Solaris takes -s to specify that .stabs go in a .stabs section, |
| 1063 | rather than .stabs.excl, which is ignored by the linker. |
| 1064 | FIXME: Not implemented. */ |
| 1065 | case 's': |
| 1066 | if (arg) |
| 1067 | return 0; |
| 1068 | |
| 1069 | break; |
| 1070 | #endif |
| 1071 | |
| 1072 | default: |
| 1073 | return 0; |
| 1074 | } |
| 1075 | |
| 1076 | return 1; |
| 1077 | } |
| 1078 | |
| 1079 | void |
| 1080 | md_show_usage (stream) |
| 1081 | FILE *stream; |
| 1082 | { |
| 1083 | fprintf (stream, _("\ |
| 1084 | PowerPC options:\n\ |
| 1085 | -a32 generate ELF32/XCOFF32\n\ |
| 1086 | -a64 generate ELF64/XCOFF64\n\ |
| 1087 | -u ignored\n\ |
| 1088 | -mpwrx, -mpwr2 generate code for POWER/2 (RIOS2)\n\ |
| 1089 | -mpwr generate code for POWER (RIOS1)\n\ |
| 1090 | -m601 generate code for PowerPC 601\n\ |
| 1091 | -mppc, -mppc32, -m603, -m604\n\ |
| 1092 | generate code for PowerPC 603/604\n\ |
| 1093 | -m403, -m405 generate code for PowerPC 403/405\n\ |
| 1094 | -m440 generate code for PowerPC 440\n\ |
| 1095 | -m7400, -m7410, -m7450, -m7455\n\ |
| 1096 | generate code For PowerPC 7400/7410/7450/7455\n")); |
| 1097 | fprintf (stream, _("\ |
| 1098 | -mppc64, -m620 generate code for PowerPC 620/625/630\n\ |
| 1099 | -mppc64bridge generate code for PowerPC 64, including bridge insns\n\ |
| 1100 | -mbooke64 generate code for 64-bit PowerPC BookE\n\ |
| 1101 | -mbooke, mbooke32 generate code for 32-bit PowerPC BookE\n\ |
| 1102 | -mpower4 generate code for Power4 architecture\n\ |
| 1103 | -mcom generate code Power/PowerPC common instructions\n\ |
| 1104 | -many generate code for any architecture (PWR/PWRX/PPC)\n")); |
| 1105 | fprintf (stream, _("\ |
| 1106 | -maltivec generate code for AltiVec\n\ |
| 1107 | -me500, -me500x2 generate code for Motorola e500 core complex\n\ |
| 1108 | -mspe generate code for Motorola SPE instructions\n\ |
| 1109 | -mregnames Allow symbolic names for registers\n\ |
| 1110 | -mno-regnames Do not allow symbolic names for registers\n")); |
| 1111 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 1112 | fprintf (stream, _("\ |
| 1113 | -mrelocatable support for GCC's -mrelocatble option\n\ |
| 1114 | -mrelocatable-lib support for GCC's -mrelocatble-lib option\n\ |
| 1115 | -memb set PPC_EMB bit in ELF flags\n\ |
| 1116 | -mlittle, -mlittle-endian, -l, -le\n\ |
| 1117 | generate code for a little endian machine\n\ |
| 1118 | -mbig, -mbig-endian, -b, -be\n\ |
| 1119 | generate code for a big endian machine\n\ |
| 1120 | -msolaris generate code for Solaris\n\ |
| 1121 | -mno-solaris do not generate code for Solaris\n\ |
| 1122 | -V print assembler version number\n\ |
| 1123 | -Qy, -Qn ignored\n")); |
| 1124 | #endif |
| 1125 | } |
| 1126 | \f |
| 1127 | /* Set ppc_cpu if it is not already set. */ |
| 1128 | |
| 1129 | static void |
| 1130 | ppc_set_cpu () |
| 1131 | { |
| 1132 | const char *default_os = TARGET_OS; |
| 1133 | const char *default_cpu = TARGET_CPU; |
| 1134 | |
| 1135 | if ((ppc_cpu & ~PPC_OPCODE_ANY) == 0) |
| 1136 | { |
| 1137 | if (ppc_obj64) |
| 1138 | ppc_cpu |= PPC_OPCODE_PPC | PPC_OPCODE_CLASSIC | PPC_OPCODE_64; |
| 1139 | else if (strncmp (default_os, "aix", 3) == 0 |
| 1140 | && default_os[3] >= '4' && default_os[3] <= '9') |
| 1141 | ppc_cpu |= PPC_OPCODE_COMMON | PPC_OPCODE_32; |
| 1142 | else if (strncmp (default_os, "aix3", 4) == 0) |
| 1143 | ppc_cpu |= PPC_OPCODE_POWER | PPC_OPCODE_32; |
| 1144 | else if (strcmp (default_cpu, "rs6000") == 0) |
| 1145 | ppc_cpu |= PPC_OPCODE_POWER | PPC_OPCODE_32; |
| 1146 | else if (strncmp (default_cpu, "powerpc", 7) == 0) |
| 1147 | { |
| 1148 | if (default_cpu[7] == '6' && default_cpu[8] == '4') |
| 1149 | ppc_cpu |= PPC_OPCODE_PPC | PPC_OPCODE_CLASSIC | PPC_OPCODE_64; |
| 1150 | else |
| 1151 | ppc_cpu |= PPC_OPCODE_PPC | PPC_OPCODE_CLASSIC | PPC_OPCODE_32; |
| 1152 | } |
| 1153 | else |
| 1154 | as_fatal (_("Unknown default cpu = %s, os = %s"), |
| 1155 | default_cpu, default_os); |
| 1156 | } |
| 1157 | } |
| 1158 | |
| 1159 | /* Figure out the BFD architecture to use. */ |
| 1160 | |
| 1161 | enum bfd_architecture |
| 1162 | ppc_arch () |
| 1163 | { |
| 1164 | const char *default_cpu = TARGET_CPU; |
| 1165 | ppc_set_cpu (); |
| 1166 | |
| 1167 | if ((ppc_cpu & PPC_OPCODE_PPC) != 0) |
| 1168 | return bfd_arch_powerpc; |
| 1169 | else if ((ppc_cpu & PPC_OPCODE_POWER) != 0) |
| 1170 | return bfd_arch_rs6000; |
| 1171 | else if ((ppc_cpu & (PPC_OPCODE_COMMON | PPC_OPCODE_ANY)) != 0) |
| 1172 | { |
| 1173 | if (strcmp (default_cpu, "rs6000") == 0) |
| 1174 | return bfd_arch_rs6000; |
| 1175 | else if (strncmp (default_cpu, "powerpc", 7) == 0) |
| 1176 | return bfd_arch_powerpc; |
| 1177 | } |
| 1178 | |
| 1179 | as_fatal (_("Neither Power nor PowerPC opcodes were selected.")); |
| 1180 | return bfd_arch_unknown; |
| 1181 | } |
| 1182 | |
| 1183 | unsigned long |
| 1184 | ppc_mach () |
| 1185 | { |
| 1186 | if (ppc_obj64) |
| 1187 | return bfd_mach_ppc64; |
| 1188 | else if (ppc_arch () == bfd_arch_rs6000) |
| 1189 | return bfd_mach_rs6k; |
| 1190 | else |
| 1191 | return bfd_mach_ppc; |
| 1192 | } |
| 1193 | |
| 1194 | extern char* |
| 1195 | ppc_target_format () |
| 1196 | { |
| 1197 | #ifdef OBJ_COFF |
| 1198 | #ifdef TE_PE |
| 1199 | return target_big_endian ? "pe-powerpc" : "pe-powerpcle"; |
| 1200 | #elif TE_POWERMAC |
| 1201 | return "xcoff-powermac"; |
| 1202 | #else |
| 1203 | # ifdef TE_AIX5 |
| 1204 | return (ppc_obj64 ? "aix5coff64-rs6000" : "aixcoff-rs6000"); |
| 1205 | # else |
| 1206 | return (ppc_obj64 ? "aixcoff64-rs6000" : "aixcoff-rs6000"); |
| 1207 | # endif |
| 1208 | #endif |
| 1209 | #endif |
| 1210 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 1211 | return (target_big_endian |
| 1212 | ? (ppc_obj64 ? "elf64-powerpc" : "elf32-powerpc") |
| 1213 | : (ppc_obj64 ? "elf64-powerpcle" : "elf32-powerpcle")); |
| 1214 | #endif |
| 1215 | } |
| 1216 | |
| 1217 | /* Insert opcodes and macros into hash tables. Called at startup and |
| 1218 | for .cpu pseudo. */ |
| 1219 | |
| 1220 | static void |
| 1221 | ppc_setup_opcodes (void) |
| 1222 | { |
| 1223 | register const struct powerpc_opcode *op; |
| 1224 | const struct powerpc_opcode *op_end; |
| 1225 | const struct powerpc_macro *macro; |
| 1226 | const struct powerpc_macro *macro_end; |
| 1227 | bfd_boolean dup_insn = FALSE; |
| 1228 | |
| 1229 | if (ppc_hash != NULL) |
| 1230 | hash_die (ppc_hash); |
| 1231 | if (ppc_macro_hash != NULL) |
| 1232 | hash_die (ppc_macro_hash); |
| 1233 | |
| 1234 | /* Insert the opcodes into a hash table. */ |
| 1235 | ppc_hash = hash_new (); |
| 1236 | |
| 1237 | op_end = powerpc_opcodes + powerpc_num_opcodes; |
| 1238 | for (op = powerpc_opcodes; op < op_end; op++) |
| 1239 | { |
| 1240 | know ((op->opcode & op->mask) == op->opcode); |
| 1241 | |
| 1242 | if ((op->flags & ppc_cpu & ~(PPC_OPCODE_32 | PPC_OPCODE_64)) != 0 |
| 1243 | && ((op->flags & (PPC_OPCODE_32 | PPC_OPCODE_64)) == 0 |
| 1244 | || ((op->flags & (PPC_OPCODE_32 | PPC_OPCODE_64)) |
| 1245 | == (ppc_cpu & (PPC_OPCODE_32 | PPC_OPCODE_64))) |
| 1246 | || (ppc_cpu & PPC_OPCODE_64_BRIDGE) != 0) |
| 1247 | /* Certain instructions (eg: extsw) do not exist in the |
| 1248 | 32-bit BookE instruction set, but they do exist in the |
| 1249 | 64-bit BookE instruction set, and other PPC instruction |
| 1250 | sets. Check to see if the opcode has the BOOKE64 flag set. |
| 1251 | If it does make sure that the target CPU is not the BookE32. */ |
| 1252 | && ((op->flags & PPC_OPCODE_BOOKE64) == 0 |
| 1253 | || (ppc_cpu & PPC_OPCODE_BOOKE64) == PPC_OPCODE_BOOKE64 |
| 1254 | || (ppc_cpu & PPC_OPCODE_BOOKE) == 0) |
| 1255 | && ((op->flags & (PPC_OPCODE_POWER4 | PPC_OPCODE_NOPOWER4)) == 0 |
| 1256 | || ((op->flags & PPC_OPCODE_POWER4) |
| 1257 | == (ppc_cpu & PPC_OPCODE_POWER4)))) |
| 1258 | { |
| 1259 | const char *retval; |
| 1260 | |
| 1261 | retval = hash_insert (ppc_hash, op->name, (PTR) op); |
| 1262 | if (retval != NULL) |
| 1263 | { |
| 1264 | /* Ignore Power duplicates for -m601. */ |
| 1265 | if ((ppc_cpu & PPC_OPCODE_601) != 0 |
| 1266 | && (op->flags & PPC_OPCODE_POWER) != 0) |
| 1267 | continue; |
| 1268 | |
| 1269 | as_bad (_("Internal assembler error for instruction %s"), |
| 1270 | op->name); |
| 1271 | dup_insn = TRUE; |
| 1272 | } |
| 1273 | } |
| 1274 | } |
| 1275 | |
| 1276 | if ((ppc_cpu & PPC_OPCODE_ANY) != 0) |
| 1277 | for (op = powerpc_opcodes; op < op_end; op++) |
| 1278 | hash_insert (ppc_hash, op->name, (PTR) op); |
| 1279 | |
| 1280 | /* Insert the macros into a hash table. */ |
| 1281 | ppc_macro_hash = hash_new (); |
| 1282 | |
| 1283 | macro_end = powerpc_macros + powerpc_num_macros; |
| 1284 | for (macro = powerpc_macros; macro < macro_end; macro++) |
| 1285 | { |
| 1286 | if ((macro->flags & ppc_cpu) != 0) |
| 1287 | { |
| 1288 | const char *retval; |
| 1289 | |
| 1290 | retval = hash_insert (ppc_macro_hash, macro->name, (PTR) macro); |
| 1291 | if (retval != (const char *) NULL) |
| 1292 | { |
| 1293 | as_bad (_("Internal assembler error for macro %s"), macro->name); |
| 1294 | dup_insn = TRUE; |
| 1295 | } |
| 1296 | } |
| 1297 | } |
| 1298 | |
| 1299 | if (dup_insn) |
| 1300 | abort (); |
| 1301 | } |
| 1302 | |
| 1303 | /* This function is called when the assembler starts up. It is called |
| 1304 | after the options have been parsed and the output file has been |
| 1305 | opened. */ |
| 1306 | |
| 1307 | void |
| 1308 | md_begin () |
| 1309 | { |
| 1310 | ppc_set_cpu (); |
| 1311 | |
| 1312 | ppc_cie_data_alignment = ppc_obj64 ? -8 : -4; |
| 1313 | |
| 1314 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 1315 | /* Set the ELF flags if desired. */ |
| 1316 | if (ppc_flags && !msolaris) |
| 1317 | bfd_set_private_flags (stdoutput, ppc_flags); |
| 1318 | #endif |
| 1319 | |
| 1320 | ppc_setup_opcodes (); |
| 1321 | |
| 1322 | /* Tell the main code what the endianness is if it is not overridden |
| 1323 | by the user. */ |
| 1324 | if (!set_target_endian) |
| 1325 | { |
| 1326 | set_target_endian = 1; |
| 1327 | target_big_endian = PPC_BIG_ENDIAN; |
| 1328 | } |
| 1329 | |
| 1330 | #ifdef OBJ_XCOFF |
| 1331 | ppc_coff_debug_section = coff_section_from_bfd_index (stdoutput, N_DEBUG); |
| 1332 | |
| 1333 | /* Create dummy symbols to serve as initial csects. This forces the |
| 1334 | text csects to precede the data csects. These symbols will not |
| 1335 | be output. */ |
| 1336 | ppc_text_csects = symbol_make ("dummy\001"); |
| 1337 | symbol_get_tc (ppc_text_csects)->within = ppc_text_csects; |
| 1338 | ppc_data_csects = symbol_make ("dummy\001"); |
| 1339 | symbol_get_tc (ppc_data_csects)->within = ppc_data_csects; |
| 1340 | #endif |
| 1341 | |
| 1342 | #ifdef TE_PE |
| 1343 | |
| 1344 | ppc_current_section = text_section; |
| 1345 | ppc_previous_section = 0; |
| 1346 | |
| 1347 | #endif |
| 1348 | } |
| 1349 | |
| 1350 | void |
| 1351 | ppc_cleanup () |
| 1352 | { |
| 1353 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 1354 | if (ppc_apuinfo_list == NULL) |
| 1355 | return; |
| 1356 | |
| 1357 | /* Ok, so write the section info out. We have this layout: |
| 1358 | |
| 1359 | byte data what |
| 1360 | ---- ---- ---- |
| 1361 | 0 8 length of "APUinfo\0" |
| 1362 | 4 (n*4) number of APU's (4 bytes each) |
| 1363 | 8 2 note type 2 |
| 1364 | 12 "APUinfo\0" name |
| 1365 | 20 APU#1 first APU's info |
| 1366 | 24 APU#2 second APU's info |
| 1367 | ... ... |
| 1368 | */ |
| 1369 | { |
| 1370 | char *p; |
| 1371 | asection *seg = now_seg; |
| 1372 | subsegT subseg = now_subseg; |
| 1373 | asection *apuinfo_secp = (asection *) NULL; |
| 1374 | unsigned int i; |
| 1375 | |
| 1376 | /* Create the .PPC.EMB.apuinfo section. */ |
| 1377 | apuinfo_secp = subseg_new (".PPC.EMB.apuinfo", 0); |
| 1378 | bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, |
| 1379 | apuinfo_secp, |
| 1380 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_READONLY); |
| 1381 | |
| 1382 | p = frag_more (4); |
| 1383 | md_number_to_chars (p, (valueT) 8, 4); |
| 1384 | |
| 1385 | p = frag_more (4); |
| 1386 | md_number_to_chars (p, (valueT) ppc_apuinfo_num * 4, 4); |
| 1387 | |
| 1388 | p = frag_more (4); |
| 1389 | md_number_to_chars (p, (valueT) 2, 4); |
| 1390 | |
| 1391 | p = frag_more (8); |
| 1392 | strcpy (p, "APUinfo"); |
| 1393 | |
| 1394 | for (i = 0; i < ppc_apuinfo_num; i++) |
| 1395 | { |
| 1396 | p = frag_more (4); |
| 1397 | md_number_to_chars (p, (valueT) ppc_apuinfo_list[i], 4); |
| 1398 | } |
| 1399 | |
| 1400 | frag_align (2, 0, 0); |
| 1401 | |
| 1402 | /* We probably can't restore the current segment, for there likely |
| 1403 | isn't one yet... */ |
| 1404 | if (seg && subseg) |
| 1405 | subseg_set (seg, subseg); |
| 1406 | } |
| 1407 | #endif |
| 1408 | } |
| 1409 | |
| 1410 | /* Insert an operand value into an instruction. */ |
| 1411 | |
| 1412 | static unsigned long |
| 1413 | ppc_insert_operand (insn, operand, val, file, line) |
| 1414 | unsigned long insn; |
| 1415 | const struct powerpc_operand *operand; |
| 1416 | offsetT val; |
| 1417 | char *file; |
| 1418 | unsigned int line; |
| 1419 | { |
| 1420 | if (operand->bits != 32) |
| 1421 | { |
| 1422 | long min, max; |
| 1423 | offsetT test; |
| 1424 | |
| 1425 | if ((operand->flags & PPC_OPERAND_SIGNED) != 0) |
| 1426 | { |
| 1427 | if ((operand->flags & PPC_OPERAND_SIGNOPT) != 0) |
| 1428 | max = (1 << operand->bits) - 1; |
| 1429 | else |
| 1430 | max = (1 << (operand->bits - 1)) - 1; |
| 1431 | min = - (1 << (operand->bits - 1)); |
| 1432 | |
| 1433 | if (!ppc_obj64) |
| 1434 | { |
| 1435 | /* Some people write 32 bit hex constants with the sign |
| 1436 | extension done by hand. This shouldn't really be |
| 1437 | valid, but, to permit this code to assemble on a 64 |
| 1438 | bit host, we sign extend the 32 bit value. */ |
| 1439 | if (val > 0 |
| 1440 | && (val & (offsetT) 0x80000000) != 0 |
| 1441 | && (val & (offsetT) 0xffffffff) == val) |
| 1442 | { |
| 1443 | val -= 0x80000000; |
| 1444 | val -= 0x80000000; |
| 1445 | } |
| 1446 | } |
| 1447 | } |
| 1448 | else |
| 1449 | { |
| 1450 | max = (1 << operand->bits) - 1; |
| 1451 | min = 0; |
| 1452 | } |
| 1453 | |
| 1454 | if ((operand->flags & PPC_OPERAND_NEGATIVE) != 0) |
| 1455 | test = - val; |
| 1456 | else |
| 1457 | test = val; |
| 1458 | |
| 1459 | if (test < (offsetT) min || test > (offsetT) max) |
| 1460 | as_bad_value_out_of_range (_("operand"), test, (offsetT) min, (offsetT) max, file, line); |
| 1461 | } |
| 1462 | |
| 1463 | if (operand->insert) |
| 1464 | { |
| 1465 | const char *errmsg; |
| 1466 | |
| 1467 | errmsg = NULL; |
| 1468 | insn = (*operand->insert) (insn, (long) val, ppc_cpu, &errmsg); |
| 1469 | if (errmsg != (const char *) NULL) |
| 1470 | as_bad_where (file, line, errmsg); |
| 1471 | } |
| 1472 | else |
| 1473 | insn |= (((long) val & ((1 << operand->bits) - 1)) |
| 1474 | << operand->shift); |
| 1475 | |
| 1476 | return insn; |
| 1477 | } |
| 1478 | |
| 1479 | \f |
| 1480 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 1481 | /* Parse @got, etc. and return the desired relocation. */ |
| 1482 | static bfd_reloc_code_real_type |
| 1483 | ppc_elf_suffix (str_p, exp_p) |
| 1484 | char **str_p; |
| 1485 | expressionS *exp_p; |
| 1486 | { |
| 1487 | struct map_bfd { |
| 1488 | char *string; |
| 1489 | unsigned int length : 8; |
| 1490 | unsigned int valid32 : 1; |
| 1491 | unsigned int valid64 : 1; |
| 1492 | unsigned int reloc; |
| 1493 | }; |
| 1494 | |
| 1495 | char ident[20]; |
| 1496 | char *str = *str_p; |
| 1497 | char *str2; |
| 1498 | int ch; |
| 1499 | int len; |
| 1500 | const struct map_bfd *ptr; |
| 1501 | |
| 1502 | #define MAP(str, reloc) { str, sizeof (str) - 1, 1, 1, reloc } |
| 1503 | #define MAP32(str, reloc) { str, sizeof (str) - 1, 1, 0, reloc } |
| 1504 | #define MAP64(str, reloc) { str, sizeof (str) - 1, 0, 1, reloc } |
| 1505 | |
| 1506 | static const struct map_bfd mapping[] = { |
| 1507 | MAP ("l", BFD_RELOC_LO16), |
| 1508 | MAP ("h", BFD_RELOC_HI16), |
| 1509 | MAP ("ha", BFD_RELOC_HI16_S), |
| 1510 | MAP ("brtaken", BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRTAKEN), |
| 1511 | MAP ("brntaken", BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRNTAKEN), |
| 1512 | MAP ("got", BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF), |
| 1513 | MAP ("got@l", BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF), |
| 1514 | MAP ("got@h", BFD_RELOC_HI16_GOTOFF), |
| 1515 | MAP ("got@ha", BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_GOTOFF), |
| 1516 | MAP ("plt@l", BFD_RELOC_LO16_PLTOFF), |
| 1517 | MAP ("plt@h", BFD_RELOC_HI16_PLTOFF), |
| 1518 | MAP ("plt@ha", BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PLTOFF), |
| 1519 | MAP ("copy", BFD_RELOC_PPC_COPY), |
| 1520 | MAP ("globdat", BFD_RELOC_PPC_GLOB_DAT), |
| 1521 | MAP ("sectoff", BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL), |
| 1522 | MAP ("sectoff@l", BFD_RELOC_LO16_BASEREL), |
| 1523 | MAP ("sectoff@h", BFD_RELOC_HI16_BASEREL), |
| 1524 | MAP ("sectoff@ha", BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_BASEREL), |
| 1525 | MAP ("tls", BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLS), |
| 1526 | MAP ("dtpmod", BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPMOD), |
| 1527 | MAP ("dtprel", BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL), |
| 1528 | MAP ("dtprel@l", BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_LO), |
| 1529 | MAP ("dtprel@h", BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HI), |
| 1530 | MAP ("dtprel@ha", BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HA), |
| 1531 | MAP ("tprel", BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL), |
| 1532 | MAP ("tprel@l", BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_LO), |
| 1533 | MAP ("tprel@h", BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HI), |
| 1534 | MAP ("tprel@ha", BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HA), |
| 1535 | MAP ("got@tlsgd", BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16), |
| 1536 | MAP ("got@tlsgd@l", BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO), |
| 1537 | MAP ("got@tlsgd@h", BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI), |
| 1538 | MAP ("got@tlsgd@ha", BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA), |
| 1539 | MAP ("got@tlsld", BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16), |
| 1540 | MAP ("got@tlsld@l", BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO), |
| 1541 | MAP ("got@tlsld@h", BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI), |
| 1542 | MAP ("got@tlsld@ha", BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA), |
| 1543 | MAP ("got@dtprel", BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16), |
| 1544 | MAP ("got@dtprel@l", BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO), |
| 1545 | MAP ("got@dtprel@h", BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI), |
| 1546 | MAP ("got@dtprel@ha", BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA), |
| 1547 | MAP ("got@tprel", BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16), |
| 1548 | MAP ("got@tprel@l", BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO), |
| 1549 | MAP ("got@tprel@h", BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI), |
| 1550 | MAP ("got@tprel@ha", BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA), |
| 1551 | MAP32 ("fixup", BFD_RELOC_CTOR), |
| 1552 | MAP32 ("plt", BFD_RELOC_24_PLT_PCREL), |
| 1553 | MAP32 ("pltrel24", BFD_RELOC_24_PLT_PCREL), |
| 1554 | MAP32 ("local24pc", BFD_RELOC_PPC_LOCAL24PC), |
| 1555 | MAP32 ("local", BFD_RELOC_PPC_LOCAL24PC), |
| 1556 | MAP32 ("pltrel", BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL), |
| 1557 | MAP32 ("sdarel", BFD_RELOC_GPREL16), |
| 1558 | MAP32 ("naddr", BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR32), |
| 1559 | MAP32 ("naddr16", BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16), |
| 1560 | MAP32 ("naddr@l", BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO), |
| 1561 | MAP32 ("naddr@h", BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI), |
| 1562 | MAP32 ("naddr@ha", BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA), |
| 1563 | MAP32 ("sdai16", BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDAI16), |
| 1564 | MAP32 ("sda2rel", BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL), |
| 1565 | MAP32 ("sda2i16", BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16), |
| 1566 | MAP32 ("sda21", BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA21), |
| 1567 | MAP32 ("mrkref", BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_MRKREF), |
| 1568 | MAP32 ("relsect", BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16), |
| 1569 | MAP32 ("relsect@l", BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO), |
| 1570 | MAP32 ("relsect@h", BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI), |
| 1571 | MAP32 ("relsect@ha", BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA), |
| 1572 | MAP32 ("bitfld", BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD), |
| 1573 | MAP32 ("relsda", BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSDA), |
| 1574 | MAP32 ("xgot", BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16), |
| 1575 | MAP64 ("higher", BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHER), |
| 1576 | MAP64 ("highera", BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHER_S), |
| 1577 | MAP64 ("highest", BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHEST), |
| 1578 | MAP64 ("highesta", BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHEST_S), |
| 1579 | MAP64 ("tocbase", BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC), |
| 1580 | MAP64 ("toc", BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16), |
| 1581 | MAP64 ("toc@l", BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_LO), |
| 1582 | MAP64 ("toc@h", BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_HI), |
| 1583 | MAP64 ("toc@ha", BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_HA), |
| 1584 | MAP64 ("dtprel@higher", BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER), |
| 1585 | MAP64 ("dtprel@highera", BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA), |
| 1586 | MAP64 ("dtprel@highest", BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST), |
| 1587 | MAP64 ("dtprel@highesta", BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA), |
| 1588 | MAP64 ("tprel@higher", BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER), |
| 1589 | MAP64 ("tprel@highera", BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA), |
| 1590 | MAP64 ("tprel@highest", BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST), |
| 1591 | MAP64 ("tprel@highesta", BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA), |
| 1592 | { (char *) 0, 0, 0, 0, BFD_RELOC_UNUSED } |
| 1593 | }; |
| 1594 | |
| 1595 | if (*str++ != '@') |
| 1596 | return BFD_RELOC_UNUSED; |
| 1597 | |
| 1598 | for (ch = *str, str2 = ident; |
| 1599 | (str2 < ident + sizeof (ident) - 1 |
| 1600 | && (ISALNUM (ch) || ch == '@')); |
| 1601 | ch = *++str) |
| 1602 | { |
| 1603 | *str2++ = TOLOWER (ch); |
| 1604 | } |
| 1605 | |
| 1606 | *str2 = '\0'; |
| 1607 | len = str2 - ident; |
| 1608 | |
| 1609 | ch = ident[0]; |
| 1610 | for (ptr = &mapping[0]; ptr->length > 0; ptr++) |
| 1611 | if (ch == ptr->string[0] |
| 1612 | && len == ptr->length |
| 1613 | && memcmp (ident, ptr->string, ptr->length) == 0 |
| 1614 | && (ppc_obj64 ? ptr->valid64 : ptr->valid32)) |
| 1615 | { |
| 1616 | int reloc = ptr->reloc; |
| 1617 | |
| 1618 | if (!ppc_obj64) |
| 1619 | if (exp_p->X_add_number != 0 |
| 1620 | && (reloc == (int) BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF |
| 1621 | || reloc == (int) BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF |
| 1622 | || reloc == (int) BFD_RELOC_HI16_GOTOFF |
| 1623 | || reloc == (int) BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_GOTOFF)) |
| 1624 | as_warn (_("identifier+constant@got means identifier@got+constant")); |
| 1625 | |
| 1626 | /* Now check for identifier@suffix+constant. */ |
| 1627 | if (*str == '-' || *str == '+') |
| 1628 | { |
| 1629 | char *orig_line = input_line_pointer; |
| 1630 | expressionS new_exp; |
| 1631 | |
| 1632 | input_line_pointer = str; |
| 1633 | expression (&new_exp); |
| 1634 | if (new_exp.X_op == O_constant) |
| 1635 | { |
| 1636 | exp_p->X_add_number += new_exp.X_add_number; |
| 1637 | str = input_line_pointer; |
| 1638 | } |
| 1639 | |
| 1640 | if (&input_line_pointer != str_p) |
| 1641 | input_line_pointer = orig_line; |
| 1642 | } |
| 1643 | *str_p = str; |
| 1644 | |
| 1645 | if (reloc == (int) BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC |
| 1646 | && exp_p->X_op == O_symbol |
| 1647 | && strcmp (S_GET_NAME (exp_p->X_add_symbol), ".TOC.") == 0) |
| 1648 | { |
| 1649 | /* Change the symbol so that the dummy .TOC. symbol can be |
| 1650 | omitted from the object file. */ |
| 1651 | exp_p->X_add_symbol = &abs_symbol; |
| 1652 | } |
| 1653 | |
| 1654 | return (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) reloc; |
| 1655 | } |
| 1656 | |
| 1657 | return BFD_RELOC_UNUSED; |
| 1658 | } |
| 1659 | |
| 1660 | /* Like normal .long/.short/.word, except support @got, etc. |
| 1661 | Clobbers input_line_pointer, checks end-of-line. */ |
| 1662 | static void |
| 1663 | ppc_elf_cons (nbytes) |
| 1664 | register int nbytes; /* 1=.byte, 2=.word, 4=.long, 8=.llong. */ |
| 1665 | { |
| 1666 | expressionS exp; |
| 1667 | bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc; |
| 1668 | |
| 1669 | if (is_it_end_of_statement ()) |
| 1670 | { |
| 1671 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 1672 | return; |
| 1673 | } |
| 1674 | |
| 1675 | do |
| 1676 | { |
| 1677 | expression (&exp); |
| 1678 | if (exp.X_op == O_symbol |
| 1679 | && *input_line_pointer == '@' |
| 1680 | && (reloc = ppc_elf_suffix (&input_line_pointer, |
| 1681 | &exp)) != BFD_RELOC_UNUSED) |
| 1682 | { |
| 1683 | reloc_howto_type *reloc_howto; |
| 1684 | int size; |
| 1685 | |
| 1686 | reloc_howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, reloc); |
| 1687 | size = bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc_howto); |
| 1688 | |
| 1689 | if (size > nbytes) |
| 1690 | { |
| 1691 | as_bad (_("%s relocations do not fit in %d bytes\n"), |
| 1692 | reloc_howto->name, nbytes); |
| 1693 | } |
| 1694 | else |
| 1695 | { |
| 1696 | char *p; |
| 1697 | int offset; |
| 1698 | |
| 1699 | p = frag_more (nbytes); |
| 1700 | offset = 0; |
| 1701 | if (target_big_endian) |
| 1702 | offset = nbytes - size; |
| 1703 | fix_new_exp (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal + offset, size, |
| 1704 | &exp, 0, reloc); |
| 1705 | } |
| 1706 | } |
| 1707 | else |
| 1708 | emit_expr (&exp, (unsigned int) nbytes); |
| 1709 | } |
| 1710 | while (*input_line_pointer++ == ','); |
| 1711 | |
| 1712 | /* Put terminator back into stream. */ |
| 1713 | input_line_pointer--; |
| 1714 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 1715 | } |
| 1716 | |
| 1717 | /* Solaris pseduo op to change to the .rodata section. */ |
| 1718 | static void |
| 1719 | ppc_elf_rdata (xxx) |
| 1720 | int xxx; |
| 1721 | { |
| 1722 | char *save_line = input_line_pointer; |
| 1723 | static char section[] = ".rodata\n"; |
| 1724 | |
| 1725 | /* Just pretend this is .section .rodata */ |
| 1726 | input_line_pointer = section; |
| 1727 | obj_elf_section (xxx); |
| 1728 | |
| 1729 | input_line_pointer = save_line; |
| 1730 | } |
| 1731 | |
| 1732 | /* Pseudo op to make file scope bss items. */ |
| 1733 | static void |
| 1734 | ppc_elf_lcomm (xxx) |
| 1735 | int xxx ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 1736 | { |
| 1737 | register char *name; |
| 1738 | register char c; |
| 1739 | register char *p; |
| 1740 | offsetT size; |
| 1741 | register symbolS *symbolP; |
| 1742 | offsetT align; |
| 1743 | segT old_sec; |
| 1744 | int old_subsec; |
| 1745 | char *pfrag; |
| 1746 | int align2; |
| 1747 | |
| 1748 | name = input_line_pointer; |
| 1749 | c = get_symbol_end (); |
| 1750 | |
| 1751 | /* just after name is now '\0'. */ |
| 1752 | p = input_line_pointer; |
| 1753 | *p = c; |
| 1754 | SKIP_WHITESPACE (); |
| 1755 | if (*input_line_pointer != ',') |
| 1756 | { |
| 1757 | as_bad (_("Expected comma after symbol-name: rest of line ignored.")); |
| 1758 | ignore_rest_of_line (); |
| 1759 | return; |
| 1760 | } |
| 1761 | |
| 1762 | input_line_pointer++; /* skip ',' */ |
| 1763 | if ((size = get_absolute_expression ()) < 0) |
| 1764 | { |
| 1765 | as_warn (_(".COMMon length (%ld.) <0! Ignored."), (long) size); |
| 1766 | ignore_rest_of_line (); |
| 1767 | return; |
| 1768 | } |
| 1769 | |
| 1770 | /* The third argument to .lcomm is the alignment. */ |
| 1771 | if (*input_line_pointer != ',') |
| 1772 | align = 8; |
| 1773 | else |
| 1774 | { |
| 1775 | ++input_line_pointer; |
| 1776 | align = get_absolute_expression (); |
| 1777 | if (align <= 0) |
| 1778 | { |
| 1779 | as_warn (_("ignoring bad alignment")); |
| 1780 | align = 8; |
| 1781 | } |
| 1782 | } |
| 1783 | |
| 1784 | *p = 0; |
| 1785 | symbolP = symbol_find_or_make (name); |
| 1786 | *p = c; |
| 1787 | |
| 1788 | if (S_IS_DEFINED (symbolP) && ! S_IS_COMMON (symbolP)) |
| 1789 | { |
| 1790 | as_bad (_("Ignoring attempt to re-define symbol `%s'."), |
| 1791 | S_GET_NAME (symbolP)); |
| 1792 | ignore_rest_of_line (); |
| 1793 | return; |
| 1794 | } |
| 1795 | |
| 1796 | if (S_GET_VALUE (symbolP) && S_GET_VALUE (symbolP) != (valueT) size) |
| 1797 | { |
| 1798 | as_bad (_("Length of .lcomm \"%s\" is already %ld. Not changed to %ld."), |
| 1799 | S_GET_NAME (symbolP), |
| 1800 | (long) S_GET_VALUE (symbolP), |
| 1801 | (long) size); |
| 1802 | |
| 1803 | ignore_rest_of_line (); |
| 1804 | return; |
| 1805 | } |
| 1806 | |
| 1807 | /* Allocate_bss. */ |
| 1808 | old_sec = now_seg; |
| 1809 | old_subsec = now_subseg; |
| 1810 | if (align) |
| 1811 | { |
| 1812 | /* Convert to a power of 2 alignment. */ |
| 1813 | for (align2 = 0; (align & 1) == 0; align >>= 1, ++align2); |
| 1814 | if (align != 1) |
| 1815 | { |
| 1816 | as_bad (_("Common alignment not a power of 2")); |
| 1817 | ignore_rest_of_line (); |
| 1818 | return; |
| 1819 | } |
| 1820 | } |
| 1821 | else |
| 1822 | align2 = 0; |
| 1823 | |
| 1824 | record_alignment (bss_section, align2); |
| 1825 | subseg_set (bss_section, 0); |
| 1826 | if (align2) |
| 1827 | frag_align (align2, 0, 0); |
| 1828 | if (S_GET_SEGMENT (symbolP) == bss_section) |
| 1829 | symbol_get_frag (symbolP)->fr_symbol = 0; |
| 1830 | symbol_set_frag (symbolP, frag_now); |
| 1831 | pfrag = frag_var (rs_org, 1, 1, (relax_substateT) 0, symbolP, size, |
| 1832 | (char *) 0); |
| 1833 | *pfrag = 0; |
| 1834 | S_SET_SIZE (symbolP, size); |
| 1835 | S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, bss_section); |
| 1836 | subseg_set (old_sec, old_subsec); |
| 1837 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 1838 | } |
| 1839 | |
| 1840 | /* Validate any relocations emitted for -mrelocatable, possibly adding |
| 1841 | fixups for word relocations in writable segments, so we can adjust |
| 1842 | them at runtime. */ |
| 1843 | static void |
| 1844 | ppc_elf_validate_fix (fixp, seg) |
| 1845 | fixS *fixp; |
| 1846 | segT seg; |
| 1847 | { |
| 1848 | if (fixp->fx_done || fixp->fx_pcrel) |
| 1849 | return; |
| 1850 | |
| 1851 | switch (shlib) |
| 1852 | { |
| 1853 | case SHLIB_NONE: |
| 1854 | case SHLIB_PIC: |
| 1855 | return; |
| 1856 | |
| 1857 | case SHLIB_MRELOCATABLE: |
| 1858 | if (fixp->fx_r_type <= BFD_RELOC_UNUSED |
| 1859 | && fixp->fx_r_type != BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF |
| 1860 | && fixp->fx_r_type != BFD_RELOC_HI16_GOTOFF |
| 1861 | && fixp->fx_r_type != BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF |
| 1862 | && fixp->fx_r_type != BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_GOTOFF |
| 1863 | && fixp->fx_r_type != BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL |
| 1864 | && fixp->fx_r_type != BFD_RELOC_LO16_BASEREL |
| 1865 | && fixp->fx_r_type != BFD_RELOC_HI16_BASEREL |
| 1866 | && fixp->fx_r_type != BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_BASEREL |
| 1867 | && (seg->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0 |
| 1868 | && strcmp (segment_name (seg), ".got2") != 0 |
| 1869 | && strcmp (segment_name (seg), ".dtors") != 0 |
| 1870 | && strcmp (segment_name (seg), ".ctors") != 0 |
| 1871 | && strcmp (segment_name (seg), ".fixup") != 0 |
| 1872 | && strcmp (segment_name (seg), ".gcc_except_table") != 0 |
| 1873 | && strcmp (segment_name (seg), ".eh_frame") != 0 |
| 1874 | && strcmp (segment_name (seg), ".ex_shared") != 0) |
| 1875 | { |
| 1876 | if ((seg->flags & (SEC_READONLY | SEC_CODE)) != 0 |
| 1877 | || fixp->fx_r_type != BFD_RELOC_CTOR) |
| 1878 | { |
| 1879 | as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line, |
| 1880 | _("Relocation cannot be done when using -mrelocatable")); |
| 1881 | } |
| 1882 | } |
| 1883 | return; |
| 1884 | } |
| 1885 | } |
| 1886 | |
| 1887 | /* Prevent elf_frob_file_before_adjust removing a weak undefined |
| 1888 | function descriptor sym if the corresponding code sym is used. */ |
| 1889 | |
| 1890 | void |
| 1891 | ppc_frob_file_before_adjust () |
| 1892 | { |
| 1893 | symbolS *symp; |
| 1894 | |
| 1895 | if (!ppc_obj64) |
| 1896 | return; |
| 1897 | |
| 1898 | for (symp = symbol_rootP; symp; symp = symbol_next (symp)) |
| 1899 | { |
| 1900 | const char *name; |
| 1901 | char *dotname; |
| 1902 | symbolS *dotsym; |
| 1903 | size_t len; |
| 1904 | |
| 1905 | name = S_GET_NAME (symp); |
| 1906 | if (name[0] == '.') |
| 1907 | continue; |
| 1908 | |
| 1909 | if (! S_IS_WEAK (symp) |
| 1910 | || S_IS_DEFINED (symp)) |
| 1911 | continue; |
| 1912 | |
| 1913 | len = strlen (name) + 1; |
| 1914 | dotname = xmalloc (len + 1); |
| 1915 | dotname[0] = '.'; |
| 1916 | memcpy (dotname + 1, name, len); |
| 1917 | dotsym = symbol_find (dotname); |
| 1918 | free (dotname); |
| 1919 | if (dotsym != NULL && (symbol_used_p (dotsym) |
| 1920 | || symbol_used_in_reloc_p (dotsym))) |
| 1921 | { |
| 1922 | symbol_mark_used (symp); |
| 1923 | } |
| 1924 | } |
| 1925 | |
| 1926 | /* Don't emit .TOC. symbol. */ |
| 1927 | symp = symbol_find (".TOC."); |
| 1928 | if (symp != NULL) |
| 1929 | symbol_remove (symp, &symbol_rootP, &symbol_lastP); |
| 1930 | } |
| 1931 | #endif /* OBJ_ELF */ |
| 1932 | \f |
| 1933 | #ifdef TE_PE |
| 1934 | |
| 1935 | /* |
| 1936 | * Summary of parse_toc_entry. |
| 1937 | * |
| 1938 | * in: Input_line_pointer points to the '[' in one of: |
| 1939 | * |
| 1940 | * [toc] [tocv] [toc32] [toc64] |
| 1941 | * |
| 1942 | * Anything else is an error of one kind or another. |
| 1943 | * |
| 1944 | * out: |
| 1945 | * return value: success or failure |
| 1946 | * toc_kind: kind of toc reference |
| 1947 | * input_line_pointer: |
| 1948 | * success: first char after the ']' |
| 1949 | * failure: unchanged |
| 1950 | * |
| 1951 | * settings: |
| 1952 | * |
| 1953 | * [toc] - rv == success, toc_kind = default_toc |
| 1954 | * [tocv] - rv == success, toc_kind = data_in_toc |
| 1955 | * [toc32] - rv == success, toc_kind = must_be_32 |
| 1956 | * [toc64] - rv == success, toc_kind = must_be_64 |
| 1957 | * |
| 1958 | */ |
| 1959 | |
| 1960 | enum toc_size_qualifier |
| 1961 | { |
| 1962 | default_toc, /* The toc cell constructed should be the system default size */ |
| 1963 | data_in_toc, /* This is a direct reference to a toc cell */ |
| 1964 | must_be_32, /* The toc cell constructed must be 32 bits wide */ |
| 1965 | must_be_64 /* The toc cell constructed must be 64 bits wide */ |
| 1966 | }; |
| 1967 | |
| 1968 | static int |
| 1969 | parse_toc_entry (toc_kind) |
| 1970 | enum toc_size_qualifier *toc_kind; |
| 1971 | { |
| 1972 | char *start; |
| 1973 | char *toc_spec; |
| 1974 | char c; |
| 1975 | enum toc_size_qualifier t; |
| 1976 | |
| 1977 | /* Save the input_line_pointer. */ |
| 1978 | start = input_line_pointer; |
| 1979 | |
| 1980 | /* Skip over the '[' , and whitespace. */ |
| 1981 | ++input_line_pointer; |
| 1982 | SKIP_WHITESPACE (); |
| 1983 | |
| 1984 | /* Find the spelling of the operand. */ |
| 1985 | toc_spec = input_line_pointer; |
| 1986 | c = get_symbol_end (); |
| 1987 | |
| 1988 | if (strcmp (toc_spec, "toc") == 0) |
| 1989 | { |
| 1990 | t = default_toc; |
| 1991 | } |
| 1992 | else if (strcmp (toc_spec, "tocv") == 0) |
| 1993 | { |
| 1994 | t = data_in_toc; |
| 1995 | } |
| 1996 | else if (strcmp (toc_spec, "toc32") == 0) |
| 1997 | { |
| 1998 | t = must_be_32; |
| 1999 | } |
| 2000 | else if (strcmp (toc_spec, "toc64") == 0) |
| 2001 | { |
| 2002 | t = must_be_64; |
| 2003 | } |
| 2004 | else |
| 2005 | { |
| 2006 | as_bad (_("syntax error: invalid toc specifier `%s'"), toc_spec); |
| 2007 | *input_line_pointer = c; |
| 2008 | input_line_pointer = start; |
| 2009 | return 0; |
| 2010 | } |
| 2011 | |
| 2012 | /* Now find the ']'. */ |
| 2013 | *input_line_pointer = c; |
| 2014 | |
| 2015 | SKIP_WHITESPACE (); /* leading whitespace could be there. */ |
| 2016 | c = *input_line_pointer++; /* input_line_pointer->past char in c. */ |
| 2017 | |
| 2018 | if (c != ']') |
| 2019 | { |
| 2020 | as_bad (_("syntax error: expected `]', found `%c'"), c); |
| 2021 | input_line_pointer = start; |
| 2022 | return 0; |
| 2023 | } |
| 2024 | |
| 2025 | *toc_kind = t; |
| 2026 | return 1; |
| 2027 | } |
| 2028 | #endif |
| 2029 | \f |
| 2030 | |
| 2031 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 2032 | #define APUID(a,v) ((((a) & 0xffff) << 16) | ((v) & 0xffff)) |
| 2033 | static void |
| 2034 | ppc_apuinfo_section_add (apu, version) |
| 2035 | unsigned int apu, version; |
| 2036 | { |
| 2037 | unsigned int i; |
| 2038 | |
| 2039 | /* Check we don't already exist. */ |
| 2040 | for (i = 0; i < ppc_apuinfo_num; i++) |
| 2041 | if (ppc_apuinfo_list[i] == APUID (apu, version)) |
| 2042 | return; |
| 2043 | |
| 2044 | if (ppc_apuinfo_num == ppc_apuinfo_num_alloc) |
| 2045 | { |
| 2046 | if (ppc_apuinfo_num_alloc == 0) |
| 2047 | { |
| 2048 | ppc_apuinfo_num_alloc = 4; |
| 2049 | ppc_apuinfo_list = (unsigned long *) |
| 2050 | xmalloc (sizeof (unsigned long) * ppc_apuinfo_num_alloc); |
| 2051 | } |
| 2052 | else |
| 2053 | { |
| 2054 | ppc_apuinfo_num_alloc += 4; |
| 2055 | ppc_apuinfo_list = (unsigned long *) xrealloc (ppc_apuinfo_list, |
| 2056 | sizeof (unsigned long) * ppc_apuinfo_num_alloc); |
| 2057 | } |
| 2058 | } |
| 2059 | ppc_apuinfo_list[ppc_apuinfo_num++] = APUID (apu, version); |
| 2060 | } |
| 2061 | #undef APUID |
| 2062 | #endif |
| 2063 | \f |
| 2064 | |
| 2065 | /* We need to keep a list of fixups. We can't simply generate them as |
| 2066 | we go, because that would require us to first create the frag, and |
| 2067 | that would screw up references to ``.''. */ |
| 2068 | |
| 2069 | struct ppc_fixup |
| 2070 | { |
| 2071 | expressionS exp; |
| 2072 | int opindex; |
| 2073 | bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc; |
| 2074 | }; |
| 2075 | |
| 2076 | #define MAX_INSN_FIXUPS (5) |
| 2077 | |
| 2078 | /* This routine is called for each instruction to be assembled. */ |
| 2079 | |
| 2080 | void |
| 2081 | md_assemble (str) |
| 2082 | char *str; |
| 2083 | { |
| 2084 | char *s; |
| 2085 | const struct powerpc_opcode *opcode; |
| 2086 | unsigned long insn; |
| 2087 | const unsigned char *opindex_ptr; |
| 2088 | int skip_optional; |
| 2089 | int need_paren; |
| 2090 | int next_opindex; |
| 2091 | struct ppc_fixup fixups[MAX_INSN_FIXUPS]; |
| 2092 | int fc; |
| 2093 | char *f; |
| 2094 | int i; |
| 2095 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 2096 | bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc; |
| 2097 | #endif |
| 2098 | |
| 2099 | /* Get the opcode. */ |
| 2100 | for (s = str; *s != '\0' && ! ISSPACE (*s); s++) |
| 2101 | ; |
| 2102 | if (*s != '\0') |
| 2103 | *s++ = '\0'; |
| 2104 | |
| 2105 | /* Look up the opcode in the hash table. */ |
| 2106 | opcode = (const struct powerpc_opcode *) hash_find (ppc_hash, str); |
| 2107 | if (opcode == (const struct powerpc_opcode *) NULL) |
| 2108 | { |
| 2109 | const struct powerpc_macro *macro; |
| 2110 | |
| 2111 | macro = (const struct powerpc_macro *) hash_find (ppc_macro_hash, str); |
| 2112 | if (macro == (const struct powerpc_macro *) NULL) |
| 2113 | as_bad (_("Unrecognized opcode: `%s'"), str); |
| 2114 | else |
| 2115 | ppc_macro (s, macro); |
| 2116 | |
| 2117 | return; |
| 2118 | } |
| 2119 | |
| 2120 | insn = opcode->opcode; |
| 2121 | |
| 2122 | str = s; |
| 2123 | while (ISSPACE (*str)) |
| 2124 | ++str; |
| 2125 | |
| 2126 | /* PowerPC operands are just expressions. The only real issue is |
| 2127 | that a few operand types are optional. All cases which might use |
| 2128 | an optional operand separate the operands only with commas (in some |
| 2129 | cases parentheses are used, as in ``lwz 1,0(1)'' but such cases never |
| 2130 | have optional operands). Most instructions with optional operands |
| 2131 | have only one. Those that have more than one optional operand can |
| 2132 | take either all their operands or none. So, before we start seriously |
| 2133 | parsing the operands, we check to see if we have optional operands, |
| 2134 | and if we do, we count the number of commas to see which operands |
| 2135 | have been omitted. */ |
| 2136 | skip_optional = 0; |
| 2137 | for (opindex_ptr = opcode->operands; *opindex_ptr != 0; opindex_ptr++) |
| 2138 | { |
| 2139 | const struct powerpc_operand *operand; |
| 2140 | |
| 2141 | operand = &powerpc_operands[*opindex_ptr]; |
| 2142 | if ((operand->flags & PPC_OPERAND_OPTIONAL) != 0) |
| 2143 | { |
| 2144 | unsigned int opcount; |
| 2145 | unsigned int num_operands_expected; |
| 2146 | unsigned int i; |
| 2147 | |
| 2148 | /* There is an optional operand. Count the number of |
| 2149 | commas in the input line. */ |
| 2150 | if (*str == '\0') |
| 2151 | opcount = 0; |
| 2152 | else |
| 2153 | { |
| 2154 | opcount = 1; |
| 2155 | s = str; |
| 2156 | while ((s = strchr (s, ',')) != (char *) NULL) |
| 2157 | { |
| 2158 | ++opcount; |
| 2159 | ++s; |
| 2160 | } |
| 2161 | } |
| 2162 | |
| 2163 | /* Compute the number of expected operands. |
| 2164 | Do not count fake operands. */ |
| 2165 | for (num_operands_expected = 0, i = 0; opcode->operands[i]; i ++) |
| 2166 | if ((powerpc_operands [opcode->operands[i]].flags & PPC_OPERAND_FAKE) == 0) |
| 2167 | ++ num_operands_expected; |
| 2168 | |
| 2169 | /* If there are fewer operands in the line then are called |
| 2170 | for by the instruction, we want to skip the optional |
| 2171 | operands. */ |
| 2172 | if (opcount < num_operands_expected) |
| 2173 | skip_optional = 1; |
| 2174 | |
| 2175 | break; |
| 2176 | } |
| 2177 | } |
| 2178 | |
| 2179 | /* Gather the operands. */ |
| 2180 | need_paren = 0; |
| 2181 | next_opindex = 0; |
| 2182 | fc = 0; |
| 2183 | for (opindex_ptr = opcode->operands; *opindex_ptr != 0; opindex_ptr++) |
| 2184 | { |
| 2185 | const struct powerpc_operand *operand; |
| 2186 | const char *errmsg; |
| 2187 | char *hold; |
| 2188 | expressionS ex; |
| 2189 | char endc; |
| 2190 | |
| 2191 | if (next_opindex == 0) |
| 2192 | operand = &powerpc_operands[*opindex_ptr]; |
| 2193 | else |
| 2194 | { |
| 2195 | operand = &powerpc_operands[next_opindex]; |
| 2196 | next_opindex = 0; |
| 2197 | } |
| 2198 | errmsg = NULL; |
| 2199 | |
| 2200 | /* If this is a fake operand, then we do not expect anything |
| 2201 | from the input. */ |
| 2202 | if ((operand->flags & PPC_OPERAND_FAKE) != 0) |
| 2203 | { |
| 2204 | insn = (*operand->insert) (insn, 0L, ppc_cpu, &errmsg); |
| 2205 | if (errmsg != (const char *) NULL) |
| 2206 | as_bad (errmsg); |
| 2207 | continue; |
| 2208 | } |
| 2209 | |
| 2210 | /* If this is an optional operand, and we are skipping it, just |
| 2211 | insert a zero. */ |
| 2212 | if ((operand->flags & PPC_OPERAND_OPTIONAL) != 0 |
| 2213 | && skip_optional) |
| 2214 | { |
| 2215 | if (operand->insert) |
| 2216 | { |
| 2217 | insn = (*operand->insert) (insn, 0L, ppc_cpu, &errmsg); |
| 2218 | if (errmsg != (const char *) NULL) |
| 2219 | as_bad (errmsg); |
| 2220 | } |
| 2221 | if ((operand->flags & PPC_OPERAND_NEXT) != 0) |
| 2222 | next_opindex = *opindex_ptr + 1; |
| 2223 | continue; |
| 2224 | } |
| 2225 | |
| 2226 | /* Gather the operand. */ |
| 2227 | hold = input_line_pointer; |
| 2228 | input_line_pointer = str; |
| 2229 | |
| 2230 | #ifdef TE_PE |
| 2231 | if (*input_line_pointer == '[') |
| 2232 | { |
| 2233 | /* We are expecting something like the second argument here: |
| 2234 | * |
| 2235 | * lwz r4,[toc].GS.0.static_int(rtoc) |
| 2236 | * ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ |
| 2237 | * The argument following the `]' must be a symbol name, and the |
| 2238 | * register must be the toc register: 'rtoc' or '2' |
| 2239 | * |
| 2240 | * The effect is to 0 as the displacement field |
| 2241 | * in the instruction, and issue an IMAGE_REL_PPC_TOCREL16 (or |
| 2242 | * the appropriate variation) reloc against it based on the symbol. |
| 2243 | * The linker will build the toc, and insert the resolved toc offset. |
| 2244 | * |
| 2245 | * Note: |
| 2246 | * o The size of the toc entry is currently assumed to be |
| 2247 | * 32 bits. This should not be assumed to be a hard coded |
| 2248 | * number. |
| 2249 | * o In an effort to cope with a change from 32 to 64 bits, |
| 2250 | * there are also toc entries that are specified to be |
| 2251 | * either 32 or 64 bits: |
| 2252 | * lwz r4,[toc32].GS.0.static_int(rtoc) |
| 2253 | * lwz r4,[toc64].GS.0.static_int(rtoc) |
| 2254 | * These demand toc entries of the specified size, and the |
| 2255 | * instruction probably requires it. |
| 2256 | */ |
| 2257 | |
| 2258 | int valid_toc; |
| 2259 | enum toc_size_qualifier toc_kind; |
| 2260 | bfd_reloc_code_real_type toc_reloc; |
| 2261 | |
| 2262 | /* Go parse off the [tocXX] part. */ |
| 2263 | valid_toc = parse_toc_entry (&toc_kind); |
| 2264 | |
| 2265 | if (!valid_toc) |
| 2266 | { |
| 2267 | /* Note: message has already been issued. |
| 2268 | FIXME: what sort of recovery should we do? |
| 2269 | demand_rest_of_line (); return; ? */ |
| 2270 | } |
| 2271 | |
| 2272 | /* Now get the symbol following the ']'. */ |
| 2273 | expression (&ex); |
| 2274 | |
| 2275 | switch (toc_kind) |
| 2276 | { |
| 2277 | case default_toc: |
| 2278 | /* In this case, we may not have seen the symbol yet, |
| 2279 | since it is allowed to appear on a .extern or .globl |
| 2280 | or just be a label in the .data section. */ |
| 2281 | toc_reloc = BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16; |
| 2282 | break; |
| 2283 | case data_in_toc: |
| 2284 | /* 1. The symbol must be defined and either in the toc |
| 2285 | section, or a global. |
| 2286 | 2. The reloc generated must have the TOCDEFN flag set |
| 2287 | in upper bit mess of the reloc type. |
| 2288 | FIXME: It's a little confusing what the tocv |
| 2289 | qualifier can be used for. At the very least, I've |
| 2290 | seen three uses, only one of which I'm sure I can |
| 2291 | explain. */ |
| 2292 | if (ex.X_op == O_symbol) |
| 2293 | { |
| 2294 | assert (ex.X_add_symbol != NULL); |
| 2295 | if (symbol_get_bfdsym (ex.X_add_symbol)->section |
| 2296 | != tocdata_section) |
| 2297 | { |
| 2298 | as_bad (_("[tocv] symbol is not a toc symbol")); |
| 2299 | } |
| 2300 | } |
| 2301 | |
| 2302 | toc_reloc = BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16; |
| 2303 | break; |
| 2304 | case must_be_32: |
| 2305 | /* FIXME: these next two specifically specify 32/64 bit |
| 2306 | toc entries. We don't support them today. Is this |
| 2307 | the right way to say that? */ |
| 2308 | toc_reloc = BFD_RELOC_UNUSED; |
| 2309 | as_bad (_("Unimplemented toc32 expression modifier")); |
| 2310 | break; |
| 2311 | case must_be_64: |
| 2312 | /* FIXME: see above. */ |
| 2313 | toc_reloc = BFD_RELOC_UNUSED; |
| 2314 | as_bad (_("Unimplemented toc64 expression modifier")); |
| 2315 | break; |
| 2316 | default: |
| 2317 | fprintf (stderr, |
| 2318 | _("Unexpected return value [%d] from parse_toc_entry!\n"), |
| 2319 | toc_kind); |
| 2320 | abort (); |
| 2321 | break; |
| 2322 | } |
| 2323 | |
| 2324 | /* We need to generate a fixup for this expression. */ |
| 2325 | if (fc >= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS) |
| 2326 | as_fatal (_("too many fixups")); |
| 2327 | |
| 2328 | fixups[fc].reloc = toc_reloc; |
| 2329 | fixups[fc].exp = ex; |
| 2330 | fixups[fc].opindex = *opindex_ptr; |
| 2331 | ++fc; |
| 2332 | |
| 2333 | /* Ok. We've set up the fixup for the instruction. Now make it |
| 2334 | look like the constant 0 was found here. */ |
| 2335 | ex.X_unsigned = 1; |
| 2336 | ex.X_op = O_constant; |
| 2337 | ex.X_add_number = 0; |
| 2338 | ex.X_add_symbol = NULL; |
| 2339 | ex.X_op_symbol = NULL; |
| 2340 | } |
| 2341 | |
| 2342 | else |
| 2343 | #endif /* TE_PE */ |
| 2344 | { |
| 2345 | if (! register_name (&ex)) |
| 2346 | { |
| 2347 | if ((operand->flags & PPC_OPERAND_CR) != 0) |
| 2348 | cr_operand = TRUE; |
| 2349 | expression (&ex); |
| 2350 | cr_operand = FALSE; |
| 2351 | } |
| 2352 | } |
| 2353 | |
| 2354 | str = input_line_pointer; |
| 2355 | input_line_pointer = hold; |
| 2356 | |
| 2357 | if (ex.X_op == O_illegal) |
| 2358 | as_bad (_("illegal operand")); |
| 2359 | else if (ex.X_op == O_absent) |
| 2360 | as_bad (_("missing operand")); |
| 2361 | else if (ex.X_op == O_register) |
| 2362 | { |
| 2363 | insn = ppc_insert_operand (insn, operand, ex.X_add_number, |
| 2364 | (char *) NULL, 0); |
| 2365 | } |
| 2366 | else if (ex.X_op == O_constant) |
| 2367 | { |
| 2368 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 2369 | /* Allow @HA, @L, @H on constants. */ |
| 2370 | char *orig_str = str; |
| 2371 | |
| 2372 | if ((reloc = ppc_elf_suffix (&str, &ex)) != BFD_RELOC_UNUSED) |
| 2373 | switch (reloc) |
| 2374 | { |
| 2375 | default: |
| 2376 | str = orig_str; |
| 2377 | break; |
| 2378 | |
| 2379 | case BFD_RELOC_LO16: |
| 2380 | /* X_unsigned is the default, so if the user has done |
| 2381 | something which cleared it, we always produce a |
| 2382 | signed value. */ |
| 2383 | if (ex.X_unsigned && ! (operand->flags & PPC_OPERAND_SIGNED)) |
| 2384 | ex.X_add_number &= 0xffff; |
| 2385 | else |
| 2386 | ex.X_add_number = SEX16 (ex.X_add_number); |
| 2387 | break; |
| 2388 | |
| 2389 | case BFD_RELOC_HI16: |
| 2390 | if (ex.X_unsigned && ! (operand->flags & PPC_OPERAND_SIGNED)) |
| 2391 | ex.X_add_number = PPC_HI (ex.X_add_number); |
| 2392 | else |
| 2393 | ex.X_add_number = SEX16 (PPC_HI (ex.X_add_number)); |
| 2394 | break; |
| 2395 | |
| 2396 | case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S: |
| 2397 | if (ex.X_unsigned && ! (operand->flags & PPC_OPERAND_SIGNED)) |
| 2398 | ex.X_add_number = PPC_HA (ex.X_add_number); |
| 2399 | else |
| 2400 | ex.X_add_number = SEX16 (PPC_HA (ex.X_add_number)); |
| 2401 | break; |
| 2402 | |
| 2403 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHER: |
| 2404 | if (ex.X_unsigned && ! (operand->flags & PPC_OPERAND_SIGNED)) |
| 2405 | ex.X_add_number = PPC_HIGHER (ex.X_add_number); |
| 2406 | else |
| 2407 | ex.X_add_number = SEX16 (PPC_HIGHER (ex.X_add_number)); |
| 2408 | break; |
| 2409 | |
| 2410 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHER_S: |
| 2411 | if (ex.X_unsigned && ! (operand->flags & PPC_OPERAND_SIGNED)) |
| 2412 | ex.X_add_number = PPC_HIGHERA (ex.X_add_number); |
| 2413 | else |
| 2414 | ex.X_add_number = SEX16 (PPC_HIGHERA (ex.X_add_number)); |
| 2415 | break; |
| 2416 | |
| 2417 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHEST: |
| 2418 | if (ex.X_unsigned && ! (operand->flags & PPC_OPERAND_SIGNED)) |
| 2419 | ex.X_add_number = PPC_HIGHEST (ex.X_add_number); |
| 2420 | else |
| 2421 | ex.X_add_number = SEX16 (PPC_HIGHEST (ex.X_add_number)); |
| 2422 | break; |
| 2423 | |
| 2424 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHEST_S: |
| 2425 | if (ex.X_unsigned && ! (operand->flags & PPC_OPERAND_SIGNED)) |
| 2426 | ex.X_add_number = PPC_HIGHESTA (ex.X_add_number); |
| 2427 | else |
| 2428 | ex.X_add_number = SEX16 (PPC_HIGHESTA (ex.X_add_number)); |
| 2429 | break; |
| 2430 | } |
| 2431 | #endif /* OBJ_ELF */ |
| 2432 | insn = ppc_insert_operand (insn, operand, ex.X_add_number, |
| 2433 | (char *) NULL, 0); |
| 2434 | } |
| 2435 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 2436 | else if ((reloc = ppc_elf_suffix (&str, &ex)) != BFD_RELOC_UNUSED) |
| 2437 | { |
| 2438 | /* Some TLS tweaks. */ |
| 2439 | switch (reloc) |
| 2440 | { |
| 2441 | default: |
| 2442 | break; |
| 2443 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLS: |
| 2444 | insn = ppc_insert_operand (insn, operand, ppc_obj64 ? 13 : 2, |
| 2445 | (char *) NULL, 0); |
| 2446 | break; |
| 2447 | /* We'll only use the 32 (or 64) bit form of these relocations |
| 2448 | in constants. Instructions get the 16 bit form. */ |
| 2449 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL: |
| 2450 | reloc = BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16; |
| 2451 | break; |
| 2452 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL: |
| 2453 | reloc = BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16; |
| 2454 | break; |
| 2455 | } |
| 2456 | |
| 2457 | /* For the absolute forms of branches, convert the PC |
| 2458 | relative form back into the absolute. */ |
| 2459 | if ((operand->flags & PPC_OPERAND_ABSOLUTE) != 0) |
| 2460 | { |
| 2461 | switch (reloc) |
| 2462 | { |
| 2463 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B26: |
| 2464 | reloc = BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA26; |
| 2465 | break; |
| 2466 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16: |
| 2467 | reloc = BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16; |
| 2468 | break; |
| 2469 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRTAKEN: |
| 2470 | reloc = BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRTAKEN; |
| 2471 | break; |
| 2472 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRNTAKEN: |
| 2473 | reloc = BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRNTAKEN; |
| 2474 | break; |
| 2475 | default: |
| 2476 | break; |
| 2477 | } |
| 2478 | } |
| 2479 | |
| 2480 | if (ppc_obj64 |
| 2481 | && (operand->flags & (PPC_OPERAND_DS | PPC_OPERAND_DQ)) != 0) |
| 2482 | { |
| 2483 | switch (reloc) |
| 2484 | { |
| 2485 | case BFD_RELOC_16: |
| 2486 | reloc = BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_DS; |
| 2487 | break; |
| 2488 | case BFD_RELOC_LO16: |
| 2489 | reloc = BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS; |
| 2490 | break; |
| 2491 | case BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF: |
| 2492 | reloc = BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_DS; |
| 2493 | break; |
| 2494 | case BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF: |
| 2495 | reloc = BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS; |
| 2496 | break; |
| 2497 | case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PLTOFF: |
| 2498 | reloc = BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS; |
| 2499 | break; |
| 2500 | case BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL: |
| 2501 | reloc = BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS; |
| 2502 | break; |
| 2503 | case BFD_RELOC_LO16_BASEREL: |
| 2504 | reloc = BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS; |
| 2505 | break; |
| 2506 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16: |
| 2507 | reloc = BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_DS; |
| 2508 | break; |
| 2509 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_LO: |
| 2510 | reloc = BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS; |
| 2511 | break; |
| 2512 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16: |
| 2513 | reloc = BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS; |
| 2514 | break; |
| 2515 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO: |
| 2516 | reloc = BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS; |
| 2517 | break; |
| 2518 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16: |
| 2519 | reloc = BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS; |
| 2520 | break; |
| 2521 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_LO: |
| 2522 | reloc = BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS; |
| 2523 | break; |
| 2524 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16: |
| 2525 | reloc = BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_DS; |
| 2526 | break; |
| 2527 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_LO: |
| 2528 | reloc = BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS; |
| 2529 | break; |
| 2530 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16: |
| 2531 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO: |
| 2532 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16: |
| 2533 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO: |
| 2534 | break; |
| 2535 | default: |
| 2536 | as_bad (_("unsupported relocation for DS offset field")); |
| 2537 | break; |
| 2538 | } |
| 2539 | } |
| 2540 | |
| 2541 | /* We need to generate a fixup for this expression. */ |
| 2542 | if (fc >= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS) |
| 2543 | as_fatal (_("too many fixups")); |
| 2544 | fixups[fc].exp = ex; |
| 2545 | fixups[fc].opindex = 0; |
| 2546 | fixups[fc].reloc = reloc; |
| 2547 | ++fc; |
| 2548 | } |
| 2549 | #endif /* OBJ_ELF */ |
| 2550 | |
| 2551 | else |
| 2552 | { |
| 2553 | /* We need to generate a fixup for this expression. */ |
| 2554 | if (fc >= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS) |
| 2555 | as_fatal (_("too many fixups")); |
| 2556 | fixups[fc].exp = ex; |
| 2557 | fixups[fc].opindex = *opindex_ptr; |
| 2558 | fixups[fc].reloc = BFD_RELOC_UNUSED; |
| 2559 | ++fc; |
| 2560 | } |
| 2561 | |
| 2562 | if (need_paren) |
| 2563 | { |
| 2564 | endc = ')'; |
| 2565 | need_paren = 0; |
| 2566 | } |
| 2567 | else if ((operand->flags & PPC_OPERAND_PARENS) != 0) |
| 2568 | { |
| 2569 | endc = '('; |
| 2570 | need_paren = 1; |
| 2571 | } |
| 2572 | else |
| 2573 | endc = ','; |
| 2574 | |
| 2575 | /* The call to expression should have advanced str past any |
| 2576 | whitespace. */ |
| 2577 | if (*str != endc |
| 2578 | && (endc != ',' || *str != '\0')) |
| 2579 | { |
| 2580 | as_bad (_("syntax error; found `%c' but expected `%c'"), *str, endc); |
| 2581 | break; |
| 2582 | } |
| 2583 | |
| 2584 | if (*str != '\0') |
| 2585 | ++str; |
| 2586 | } |
| 2587 | |
| 2588 | while (ISSPACE (*str)) |
| 2589 | ++str; |
| 2590 | |
| 2591 | if (*str != '\0') |
| 2592 | as_bad (_("junk at end of line: `%s'"), str); |
| 2593 | |
| 2594 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 2595 | /* Do we need/want a APUinfo section? */ |
| 2596 | if (ppc_cpu & (PPC_OPCODE_SPE |
| 2597 | | PPC_OPCODE_ISEL | PPC_OPCODE_EFS |
| 2598 | | PPC_OPCODE_BRLOCK | PPC_OPCODE_PMR | PPC_OPCODE_CACHELCK |
| 2599 | | PPC_OPCODE_RFMCI)) |
| 2600 | { |
| 2601 | /* These are all version "1". */ |
| 2602 | if (opcode->flags & PPC_OPCODE_SPE) |
| 2603 | ppc_apuinfo_section_add (PPC_APUINFO_SPE, 1); |
| 2604 | if (opcode->flags & PPC_OPCODE_ISEL) |
| 2605 | ppc_apuinfo_section_add (PPC_APUINFO_ISEL, 1); |
| 2606 | if (opcode->flags & PPC_OPCODE_EFS) |
| 2607 | ppc_apuinfo_section_add (PPC_APUINFO_EFS, 1); |
| 2608 | if (opcode->flags & PPC_OPCODE_BRLOCK) |
| 2609 | ppc_apuinfo_section_add (PPC_APUINFO_BRLOCK, 1); |
| 2610 | if (opcode->flags & PPC_OPCODE_PMR) |
| 2611 | ppc_apuinfo_section_add (PPC_APUINFO_PMR, 1); |
| 2612 | if (opcode->flags & PPC_OPCODE_CACHELCK) |
| 2613 | ppc_apuinfo_section_add (PPC_APUINFO_CACHELCK, 1); |
| 2614 | if (opcode->flags & PPC_OPCODE_RFMCI) |
| 2615 | ppc_apuinfo_section_add (PPC_APUINFO_RFMCI, 1); |
| 2616 | } |
| 2617 | #endif |
| 2618 | |
| 2619 | /* Write out the instruction. */ |
| 2620 | f = frag_more (4); |
| 2621 | md_number_to_chars (f, insn, 4); |
| 2622 | |
| 2623 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 2624 | dwarf2_emit_insn (4); |
| 2625 | #endif |
| 2626 | |
| 2627 | /* Create any fixups. At this point we do not use a |
| 2628 | bfd_reloc_code_real_type, but instead just use the |
| 2629 | BFD_RELOC_UNUSED plus the operand index. This lets us easily |
| 2630 | handle fixups for any operand type, although that is admittedly |
| 2631 | not a very exciting feature. We pick a BFD reloc type in |
| 2632 | md_apply_fix3. */ |
| 2633 | for (i = 0; i < fc; i++) |
| 2634 | { |
| 2635 | const struct powerpc_operand *operand; |
| 2636 | |
| 2637 | operand = &powerpc_operands[fixups[i].opindex]; |
| 2638 | if (fixups[i].reloc != BFD_RELOC_UNUSED) |
| 2639 | { |
| 2640 | reloc_howto_type *reloc_howto; |
| 2641 | int size; |
| 2642 | int offset; |
| 2643 | fixS *fixP; |
| 2644 | |
| 2645 | reloc_howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, fixups[i].reloc); |
| 2646 | if (!reloc_howto) |
| 2647 | abort (); |
| 2648 | |
| 2649 | size = bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc_howto); |
| 2650 | offset = target_big_endian ? (4 - size) : 0; |
| 2651 | |
| 2652 | if (size < 1 || size > 4) |
| 2653 | abort (); |
| 2654 | |
| 2655 | fixP = fix_new_exp (frag_now, |
| 2656 | f - frag_now->fr_literal + offset, |
| 2657 | size, |
| 2658 | &fixups[i].exp, |
| 2659 | reloc_howto->pc_relative, |
| 2660 | fixups[i].reloc); |
| 2661 | |
| 2662 | /* Turn off complaints that the addend is too large for things like |
| 2663 | foo+100000@ha. */ |
| 2664 | switch (fixups[i].reloc) |
| 2665 | { |
| 2666 | case BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF: |
| 2667 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16: |
| 2668 | case BFD_RELOC_LO16: |
| 2669 | case BFD_RELOC_HI16: |
| 2670 | case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S: |
| 2671 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 2672 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHER: |
| 2673 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHER_S: |
| 2674 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHEST: |
| 2675 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHEST_S: |
| 2676 | #endif |
| 2677 | fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1; |
| 2678 | break; |
| 2679 | default: |
| 2680 | break; |
| 2681 | } |
| 2682 | } |
| 2683 | else |
| 2684 | fix_new_exp (frag_now, |
| 2685 | f - frag_now->fr_literal, |
| 2686 | 4, |
| 2687 | &fixups[i].exp, |
| 2688 | (operand->flags & PPC_OPERAND_RELATIVE) != 0, |
| 2689 | ((bfd_reloc_code_real_type) |
| 2690 | (fixups[i].opindex + (int) BFD_RELOC_UNUSED))); |
| 2691 | } |
| 2692 | } |
| 2693 | |
| 2694 | /* Handle a macro. Gather all the operands, transform them as |
| 2695 | described by the macro, and call md_assemble recursively. All the |
| 2696 | operands are separated by commas; we don't accept parentheses |
| 2697 | around operands here. */ |
| 2698 | |
| 2699 | static void |
| 2700 | ppc_macro (str, macro) |
| 2701 | char *str; |
| 2702 | const struct powerpc_macro *macro; |
| 2703 | { |
| 2704 | char *operands[10]; |
| 2705 | unsigned int count; |
| 2706 | char *s; |
| 2707 | unsigned int len; |
| 2708 | const char *format; |
| 2709 | int arg; |
| 2710 | char *send; |
| 2711 | char *complete; |
| 2712 | |
| 2713 | /* Gather the users operands into the operands array. */ |
| 2714 | count = 0; |
| 2715 | s = str; |
| 2716 | while (1) |
| 2717 | { |
| 2718 | if (count >= sizeof operands / sizeof operands[0]) |
| 2719 | break; |
| 2720 | operands[count++] = s; |
| 2721 | s = strchr (s, ','); |
| 2722 | if (s == (char *) NULL) |
| 2723 | break; |
| 2724 | *s++ = '\0'; |
| 2725 | } |
| 2726 | |
| 2727 | if (count != macro->operands) |
| 2728 | { |
| 2729 | as_bad (_("wrong number of operands")); |
| 2730 | return; |
| 2731 | } |
| 2732 | |
| 2733 | /* Work out how large the string must be (the size is unbounded |
| 2734 | because it includes user input). */ |
| 2735 | len = 0; |
| 2736 | format = macro->format; |
| 2737 | while (*format != '\0') |
| 2738 | { |
| 2739 | if (*format != '%') |
| 2740 | { |
| 2741 | ++len; |
| 2742 | ++format; |
| 2743 | } |
| 2744 | else |
| 2745 | { |
| 2746 | arg = strtol (format + 1, &send, 10); |
| 2747 | know (send != format && arg >= 0 && arg < count); |
| 2748 | len += strlen (operands[arg]); |
| 2749 | format = send; |
| 2750 | } |
| 2751 | } |
| 2752 | |
| 2753 | /* Put the string together. */ |
| 2754 | complete = s = (char *) alloca (len + 1); |
| 2755 | format = macro->format; |
| 2756 | while (*format != '\0') |
| 2757 | { |
| 2758 | if (*format != '%') |
| 2759 | *s++ = *format++; |
| 2760 | else |
| 2761 | { |
| 2762 | arg = strtol (format + 1, &send, 10); |
| 2763 | strcpy (s, operands[arg]); |
| 2764 | s += strlen (s); |
| 2765 | format = send; |
| 2766 | } |
| 2767 | } |
| 2768 | *s = '\0'; |
| 2769 | |
| 2770 | /* Assemble the constructed instruction. */ |
| 2771 | md_assemble (complete); |
| 2772 | } |
| 2773 | \f |
| 2774 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 2775 | /* For ELF, add support for SHF_EXCLUDE and SHT_ORDERED. */ |
| 2776 | |
| 2777 | int |
| 2778 | ppc_section_letter (letter, ptr_msg) |
| 2779 | int letter; |
| 2780 | char **ptr_msg; |
| 2781 | { |
| 2782 | if (letter == 'e') |
| 2783 | return SHF_EXCLUDE; |
| 2784 | |
| 2785 | *ptr_msg = _("Bad .section directive: want a,e,w,x,M,S,G,T in string"); |
| 2786 | return -1; |
| 2787 | } |
| 2788 | |
| 2789 | int |
| 2790 | ppc_section_word (str, len) |
| 2791 | char *str; |
| 2792 | size_t len; |
| 2793 | { |
| 2794 | if (len == 7 && strncmp (str, "exclude", 7) == 0) |
| 2795 | return SHF_EXCLUDE; |
| 2796 | |
| 2797 | return -1; |
| 2798 | } |
| 2799 | |
| 2800 | int |
| 2801 | ppc_section_type (str, len) |
| 2802 | char *str; |
| 2803 | size_t len; |
| 2804 | { |
| 2805 | if (len == 7 && strncmp (str, "ordered", 7) == 0) |
| 2806 | return SHT_ORDERED; |
| 2807 | |
| 2808 | return -1; |
| 2809 | } |
| 2810 | |
| 2811 | int |
| 2812 | ppc_section_flags (flags, attr, type) |
| 2813 | int flags; |
| 2814 | int attr; |
| 2815 | int type; |
| 2816 | { |
| 2817 | if (type == SHT_ORDERED) |
| 2818 | flags |= SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_SORT_ENTRIES; |
| 2819 | |
| 2820 | if (attr & SHF_EXCLUDE) |
| 2821 | flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; |
| 2822 | |
| 2823 | return flags; |
| 2824 | } |
| 2825 | #endif /* OBJ_ELF */ |
| 2826 | |
| 2827 | \f |
| 2828 | /* Pseudo-op handling. */ |
| 2829 | |
| 2830 | /* The .byte pseudo-op. This is similar to the normal .byte |
| 2831 | pseudo-op, but it can also take a single ASCII string. */ |
| 2832 | |
| 2833 | static void |
| 2834 | ppc_byte (ignore) |
| 2835 | int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 2836 | { |
| 2837 | if (*input_line_pointer != '\"') |
| 2838 | { |
| 2839 | cons (1); |
| 2840 | return; |
| 2841 | } |
| 2842 | |
| 2843 | /* Gather characters. A real double quote is doubled. Unusual |
| 2844 | characters are not permitted. */ |
| 2845 | ++input_line_pointer; |
| 2846 | while (1) |
| 2847 | { |
| 2848 | char c; |
| 2849 | |
| 2850 | c = *input_line_pointer++; |
| 2851 | |
| 2852 | if (c == '\"') |
| 2853 | { |
| 2854 | if (*input_line_pointer != '\"') |
| 2855 | break; |
| 2856 | ++input_line_pointer; |
| 2857 | } |
| 2858 | |
| 2859 | FRAG_APPEND_1_CHAR (c); |
| 2860 | } |
| 2861 | |
| 2862 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 2863 | } |
| 2864 | \f |
| 2865 | #ifdef OBJ_XCOFF |
| 2866 | |
| 2867 | /* XCOFF specific pseudo-op handling. */ |
| 2868 | |
| 2869 | /* This is set if we are creating a .stabx symbol, since we don't want |
| 2870 | to handle symbol suffixes for such symbols. */ |
| 2871 | static bfd_boolean ppc_stab_symbol; |
| 2872 | |
| 2873 | /* The .comm and .lcomm pseudo-ops for XCOFF. XCOFF puts common |
| 2874 | symbols in the .bss segment as though they were local common |
| 2875 | symbols, and uses a different smclas. The native Aix 4.3.3 assembler |
| 2876 | aligns .comm and .lcomm to 4 bytes. */ |
| 2877 | |
| 2878 | static void |
| 2879 | ppc_comm (lcomm) |
| 2880 | int lcomm; |
| 2881 | { |
| 2882 | asection *current_seg = now_seg; |
| 2883 | subsegT current_subseg = now_subseg; |
| 2884 | char *name; |
| 2885 | char endc; |
| 2886 | char *end_name; |
| 2887 | offsetT size; |
| 2888 | offsetT align; |
| 2889 | symbolS *lcomm_sym = NULL; |
| 2890 | symbolS *sym; |
| 2891 | char *pfrag; |
| 2892 | |
| 2893 | name = input_line_pointer; |
| 2894 | endc = get_symbol_end (); |
| 2895 | end_name = input_line_pointer; |
| 2896 | *end_name = endc; |
| 2897 | |
| 2898 | if (*input_line_pointer != ',') |
| 2899 | { |
| 2900 | as_bad (_("missing size")); |
| 2901 | ignore_rest_of_line (); |
| 2902 | return; |
| 2903 | } |
| 2904 | ++input_line_pointer; |
| 2905 | |
| 2906 | size = get_absolute_expression (); |
| 2907 | if (size < 0) |
| 2908 | { |
| 2909 | as_bad (_("negative size")); |
| 2910 | ignore_rest_of_line (); |
| 2911 | return; |
| 2912 | } |
| 2913 | |
| 2914 | if (! lcomm) |
| 2915 | { |
| 2916 | /* The third argument to .comm is the alignment. */ |
| 2917 | if (*input_line_pointer != ',') |
| 2918 | align = 2; |
| 2919 | else |
| 2920 | { |
| 2921 | ++input_line_pointer; |
| 2922 | align = get_absolute_expression (); |
| 2923 | if (align <= 0) |
| 2924 | { |
| 2925 | as_warn (_("ignoring bad alignment")); |
| 2926 | align = 2; |
| 2927 | } |
| 2928 | } |
| 2929 | } |
| 2930 | else |
| 2931 | { |
| 2932 | char *lcomm_name; |
| 2933 | char lcomm_endc; |
| 2934 | |
| 2935 | if (size <= 4) |
| 2936 | align = 2; |
| 2937 | else |
| 2938 | align = 3; |
| 2939 | |
| 2940 | /* The third argument to .lcomm appears to be the real local |
| 2941 | common symbol to create. References to the symbol named in |
| 2942 | the first argument are turned into references to the third |
| 2943 | argument. */ |
| 2944 | if (*input_line_pointer != ',') |
| 2945 | { |
| 2946 | as_bad (_("missing real symbol name")); |
| 2947 | ignore_rest_of_line (); |
| 2948 | return; |
| 2949 | } |
| 2950 | ++input_line_pointer; |
| 2951 | |
| 2952 | lcomm_name = input_line_pointer; |
| 2953 | lcomm_endc = get_symbol_end (); |
| 2954 | |
| 2955 | lcomm_sym = symbol_find_or_make (lcomm_name); |
| 2956 | |
| 2957 | *input_line_pointer = lcomm_endc; |
| 2958 | } |
| 2959 | |
| 2960 | *end_name = '\0'; |
| 2961 | sym = symbol_find_or_make (name); |
| 2962 | *end_name = endc; |
| 2963 | |
| 2964 | if (S_IS_DEFINED (sym) |
| 2965 | || S_GET_VALUE (sym) != 0) |
| 2966 | { |
| 2967 | as_bad (_("attempt to redefine symbol")); |
| 2968 | ignore_rest_of_line (); |
| 2969 | return; |
| 2970 | } |
| 2971 | |
| 2972 | record_alignment (bss_section, align); |
| 2973 | |
| 2974 | if (! lcomm |
| 2975 | || ! S_IS_DEFINED (lcomm_sym)) |
| 2976 | { |
| 2977 | symbolS *def_sym; |
| 2978 | offsetT def_size; |
| 2979 | |
| 2980 | if (! lcomm) |
| 2981 | { |
| 2982 | def_sym = sym; |
| 2983 | def_size = size; |
| 2984 | S_SET_EXTERNAL (sym); |
| 2985 | } |
| 2986 | else |
| 2987 | { |
| 2988 | symbol_get_tc (lcomm_sym)->output = 1; |
| 2989 | def_sym = lcomm_sym; |
| 2990 | def_size = 0; |
| 2991 | } |
| 2992 | |
| 2993 | subseg_set (bss_section, 1); |
| 2994 | frag_align (align, 0, 0); |
| 2995 | |
| 2996 | symbol_set_frag (def_sym, frag_now); |
| 2997 | pfrag = frag_var (rs_org, 1, 1, (relax_substateT) 0, def_sym, |
| 2998 | def_size, (char *) NULL); |
| 2999 | *pfrag = 0; |
| 3000 | S_SET_SEGMENT (def_sym, bss_section); |
| 3001 | symbol_get_tc (def_sym)->align = align; |
| 3002 | } |
| 3003 | else if (lcomm) |
| 3004 | { |
| 3005 | /* Align the size of lcomm_sym. */ |
| 3006 | symbol_get_frag (lcomm_sym)->fr_offset = |
| 3007 | ((symbol_get_frag (lcomm_sym)->fr_offset + (1 << align) - 1) |
| 3008 | &~ ((1 << align) - 1)); |
| 3009 | if (align > symbol_get_tc (lcomm_sym)->align) |
| 3010 | symbol_get_tc (lcomm_sym)->align = align; |
| 3011 | } |
| 3012 | |
| 3013 | if (lcomm) |
| 3014 | { |
| 3015 | /* Make sym an offset from lcomm_sym. */ |
| 3016 | S_SET_SEGMENT (sym, bss_section); |
| 3017 | symbol_set_frag (sym, symbol_get_frag (lcomm_sym)); |
| 3018 | S_SET_VALUE (sym, symbol_get_frag (lcomm_sym)->fr_offset); |
| 3019 | symbol_get_frag (lcomm_sym)->fr_offset += size; |
| 3020 | } |
| 3021 | |
| 3022 | subseg_set (current_seg, current_subseg); |
| 3023 | |
| 3024 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 3025 | } |
| 3026 | |
| 3027 | /* The .csect pseudo-op. This switches us into a different |
| 3028 | subsegment. The first argument is a symbol whose value is the |
| 3029 | start of the .csect. In COFF, csect symbols get special aux |
| 3030 | entries defined by the x_csect field of union internal_auxent. The |
| 3031 | optional second argument is the alignment (the default is 2). */ |
| 3032 | |
| 3033 | static void |
| 3034 | ppc_csect (ignore) |
| 3035 | int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 3036 | { |
| 3037 | char *name; |
| 3038 | char endc; |
| 3039 | symbolS *sym; |
| 3040 | offsetT align; |
| 3041 | |
| 3042 | name = input_line_pointer; |
| 3043 | endc = get_symbol_end (); |
| 3044 | |
| 3045 | sym = symbol_find_or_make (name); |
| 3046 | |
| 3047 | *input_line_pointer = endc; |
| 3048 | |
| 3049 | if (S_GET_NAME (sym)[0] == '\0') |
| 3050 | { |
| 3051 | /* An unnamed csect is assumed to be [PR]. */ |
| 3052 | symbol_get_tc (sym)->class = XMC_PR; |
| 3053 | } |
| 3054 | |
| 3055 | align = 2; |
| 3056 | if (*input_line_pointer == ',') |
| 3057 | { |
| 3058 | ++input_line_pointer; |
| 3059 | align = get_absolute_expression (); |
| 3060 | } |
| 3061 | |
| 3062 | ppc_change_csect (sym, align); |
| 3063 | |
| 3064 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 3065 | } |
| 3066 | |
| 3067 | /* Change to a different csect. */ |
| 3068 | |
| 3069 | static void |
| 3070 | ppc_change_csect (sym, align) |
| 3071 | symbolS *sym; |
| 3072 | offsetT align; |
| 3073 | { |
| 3074 | if (S_IS_DEFINED (sym)) |
| 3075 | subseg_set (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym), symbol_get_tc (sym)->subseg); |
| 3076 | else |
| 3077 | { |
| 3078 | symbolS **list_ptr; |
| 3079 | int after_toc; |
| 3080 | int hold_chunksize; |
| 3081 | symbolS *list; |
| 3082 | int is_code; |
| 3083 | segT sec; |
| 3084 | |
| 3085 | /* This is a new csect. We need to look at the symbol class to |
| 3086 | figure out whether it should go in the text section or the |
| 3087 | data section. */ |
| 3088 | after_toc = 0; |
| 3089 | is_code = 0; |
| 3090 | switch (symbol_get_tc (sym)->class) |
| 3091 | { |
| 3092 | case XMC_PR: |
| 3093 | case XMC_RO: |
| 3094 | case XMC_DB: |
| 3095 | case XMC_GL: |
| 3096 | case XMC_XO: |
| 3097 | case XMC_SV: |
| 3098 | case XMC_TI: |
| 3099 | case XMC_TB: |
| 3100 | S_SET_SEGMENT (sym, text_section); |
| 3101 | symbol_get_tc (sym)->subseg = ppc_text_subsegment; |
| 3102 | ++ppc_text_subsegment; |
| 3103 | list_ptr = &ppc_text_csects; |
| 3104 | is_code = 1; |
| 3105 | break; |
| 3106 | case XMC_RW: |
| 3107 | case XMC_TC0: |
| 3108 | case XMC_TC: |
| 3109 | case XMC_DS: |
| 3110 | case XMC_UA: |
| 3111 | case XMC_BS: |
| 3112 | case XMC_UC: |
| 3113 | if (ppc_toc_csect != NULL |
| 3114 | && (symbol_get_tc (ppc_toc_csect)->subseg + 1 |
| 3115 | == ppc_data_subsegment)) |
| 3116 | after_toc = 1; |
| 3117 | S_SET_SEGMENT (sym, data_section); |
| 3118 | symbol_get_tc (sym)->subseg = ppc_data_subsegment; |
| 3119 | ++ppc_data_subsegment; |
| 3120 | list_ptr = &ppc_data_csects; |
| 3121 | break; |
| 3122 | default: |
| 3123 | abort (); |
| 3124 | } |
| 3125 | |
| 3126 | /* We set the obstack chunk size to a small value before |
| 3127 | changing subsegments, so that we don't use a lot of memory |
| 3128 | space for what may be a small section. */ |
| 3129 | hold_chunksize = chunksize; |
| 3130 | chunksize = 64; |
| 3131 | |
| 3132 | sec = subseg_new (segment_name (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym)), |
| 3133 | symbol_get_tc (sym)->subseg); |
| 3134 | |
| 3135 | chunksize = hold_chunksize; |
| 3136 | |
| 3137 | if (after_toc) |
| 3138 | ppc_after_toc_frag = frag_now; |
| 3139 | |
| 3140 | record_alignment (sec, align); |
| 3141 | if (is_code) |
| 3142 | frag_align_code (align, 0); |
| 3143 | else |
| 3144 | frag_align (align, 0, 0); |
| 3145 | |
| 3146 | symbol_set_frag (sym, frag_now); |
| 3147 | S_SET_VALUE (sym, (valueT) frag_now_fix ()); |
| 3148 | |
| 3149 | symbol_get_tc (sym)->align = align; |
| 3150 | symbol_get_tc (sym)->output = 1; |
| 3151 | symbol_get_tc (sym)->within = sym; |
| 3152 | |
| 3153 | for (list = *list_ptr; |
| 3154 | symbol_get_tc (list)->next != (symbolS *) NULL; |
| 3155 | list = symbol_get_tc (list)->next) |
| 3156 | ; |
| 3157 | symbol_get_tc (list)->next = sym; |
| 3158 | |
| 3159 | symbol_remove (sym, &symbol_rootP, &symbol_lastP); |
| 3160 | symbol_append (sym, symbol_get_tc (list)->within, &symbol_rootP, |
| 3161 | &symbol_lastP); |
| 3162 | } |
| 3163 | |
| 3164 | ppc_current_csect = sym; |
| 3165 | } |
| 3166 | |
| 3167 | /* This function handles the .text and .data pseudo-ops. These |
| 3168 | pseudo-ops aren't really used by XCOFF; we implement them for the |
| 3169 | convenience of people who aren't used to XCOFF. */ |
| 3170 | |
| 3171 | static void |
| 3172 | ppc_section (type) |
| 3173 | int type; |
| 3174 | { |
| 3175 | const char *name; |
| 3176 | symbolS *sym; |
| 3177 | |
| 3178 | if (type == 't') |
| 3179 | name = ".text[PR]"; |
| 3180 | else if (type == 'd') |
| 3181 | name = ".data[RW]"; |
| 3182 | else |
| 3183 | abort (); |
| 3184 | |
| 3185 | sym = symbol_find_or_make (name); |
| 3186 | |
| 3187 | ppc_change_csect (sym, 2); |
| 3188 | |
| 3189 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 3190 | } |
| 3191 | |
| 3192 | /* This function handles the .section pseudo-op. This is mostly to |
| 3193 | give an error, since XCOFF only supports .text, .data and .bss, but |
| 3194 | we do permit the user to name the text or data section. */ |
| 3195 | |
| 3196 | static void |
| 3197 | ppc_named_section (ignore) |
| 3198 | int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 3199 | { |
| 3200 | char *user_name; |
| 3201 | const char *real_name; |
| 3202 | char c; |
| 3203 | symbolS *sym; |
| 3204 | |
| 3205 | user_name = input_line_pointer; |
| 3206 | c = get_symbol_end (); |
| 3207 | |
| 3208 | if (strcmp (user_name, ".text") == 0) |
| 3209 | real_name = ".text[PR]"; |
| 3210 | else if (strcmp (user_name, ".data") == 0) |
| 3211 | real_name = ".data[RW]"; |
| 3212 | else |
| 3213 | { |
| 3214 | as_bad (_("The XCOFF file format does not support arbitrary sections")); |
| 3215 | *input_line_pointer = c; |
| 3216 | ignore_rest_of_line (); |
| 3217 | return; |
| 3218 | } |
| 3219 | |
| 3220 | *input_line_pointer = c; |
| 3221 | |
| 3222 | sym = symbol_find_or_make (real_name); |
| 3223 | |
| 3224 | ppc_change_csect (sym, 2); |
| 3225 | |
| 3226 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 3227 | } |
| 3228 | |
| 3229 | /* The .extern pseudo-op. We create an undefined symbol. */ |
| 3230 | |
| 3231 | static void |
| 3232 | ppc_extern (ignore) |
| 3233 | int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 3234 | { |
| 3235 | char *name; |
| 3236 | char endc; |
| 3237 | |
| 3238 | name = input_line_pointer; |
| 3239 | endc = get_symbol_end (); |
| 3240 | |
| 3241 | (void) symbol_find_or_make (name); |
| 3242 | |
| 3243 | *input_line_pointer = endc; |
| 3244 | |
| 3245 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 3246 | } |
| 3247 | |
| 3248 | /* The .lglobl pseudo-op. Keep the symbol in the symbol table. */ |
| 3249 | |
| 3250 | static void |
| 3251 | ppc_lglobl (ignore) |
| 3252 | int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 3253 | { |
| 3254 | char *name; |
| 3255 | char endc; |
| 3256 | symbolS *sym; |
| 3257 | |
| 3258 | name = input_line_pointer; |
| 3259 | endc = get_symbol_end (); |
| 3260 | |
| 3261 | sym = symbol_find_or_make (name); |
| 3262 | |
| 3263 | *input_line_pointer = endc; |
| 3264 | |
| 3265 | symbol_get_tc (sym)->output = 1; |
| 3266 | |
| 3267 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 3268 | } |
| 3269 | |
| 3270 | /* The .rename pseudo-op. The RS/6000 assembler can rename symbols, |
| 3271 | although I don't know why it bothers. */ |
| 3272 | |
| 3273 | static void |
| 3274 | ppc_rename (ignore) |
| 3275 | int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 3276 | { |
| 3277 | char *name; |
| 3278 | char endc; |
| 3279 | symbolS *sym; |
| 3280 | int len; |
| 3281 | |
| 3282 | name = input_line_pointer; |
| 3283 | endc = get_symbol_end (); |
| 3284 | |
| 3285 | sym = symbol_find_or_make (name); |
| 3286 | |
| 3287 | *input_line_pointer = endc; |
| 3288 | |
| 3289 | if (*input_line_pointer != ',') |
| 3290 | { |
| 3291 | as_bad (_("missing rename string")); |
| 3292 | ignore_rest_of_line (); |
| 3293 | return; |
| 3294 | } |
| 3295 | ++input_line_pointer; |
| 3296 | |
| 3297 | symbol_get_tc (sym)->real_name = demand_copy_C_string (&len); |
| 3298 | |
| 3299 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 3300 | } |
| 3301 | |
| 3302 | /* The .stabx pseudo-op. This is similar to a normal .stabs |
| 3303 | pseudo-op, but slightly different. A sample is |
| 3304 | .stabx "main:F-1",.main,142,0 |
| 3305 | The first argument is the symbol name to create. The second is the |
| 3306 | value, and the third is the storage class. The fourth seems to be |
| 3307 | always zero, and I am assuming it is the type. */ |
| 3308 | |
| 3309 | static void |
| 3310 | ppc_stabx (ignore) |
| 3311 | int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 3312 | { |
| 3313 | char *name; |
| 3314 | int len; |
| 3315 | symbolS *sym; |
| 3316 | expressionS exp; |
| 3317 | |
| 3318 | name = demand_copy_C_string (&len); |
| 3319 | |
| 3320 | if (*input_line_pointer != ',') |
| 3321 | { |
| 3322 | as_bad (_("missing value")); |
| 3323 | return; |
| 3324 | } |
| 3325 | ++input_line_pointer; |
| 3326 | |
| 3327 | ppc_stab_symbol = TRUE; |
| 3328 | sym = symbol_make (name); |
| 3329 | ppc_stab_symbol = FALSE; |
| 3330 | |
| 3331 | symbol_get_tc (sym)->real_name = name; |
| 3332 | |
| 3333 | (void) expression (&exp); |
| 3334 | |
| 3335 | switch (exp.X_op) |
| 3336 | { |
| 3337 | case O_illegal: |
| 3338 | case O_absent: |
| 3339 | case O_big: |
| 3340 | as_bad (_("illegal .stabx expression; zero assumed")); |
| 3341 | exp.X_add_number = 0; |
| 3342 | /* Fall through. */ |
| 3343 | case O_constant: |
| 3344 | S_SET_VALUE (sym, (valueT) exp.X_add_number); |
| 3345 | symbol_set_frag (sym, &zero_address_frag); |
| 3346 | break; |
| 3347 | |
| 3348 | case O_symbol: |
| 3349 | if (S_GET_SEGMENT (exp.X_add_symbol) == undefined_section) |
| 3350 | symbol_set_value_expression (sym, &exp); |
| 3351 | else |
| 3352 | { |
| 3353 | S_SET_VALUE (sym, |
| 3354 | exp.X_add_number + S_GET_VALUE (exp.X_add_symbol)); |
| 3355 | symbol_set_frag (sym, symbol_get_frag (exp.X_add_symbol)); |
| 3356 | } |
| 3357 | break; |
| 3358 | |
| 3359 | default: |
| 3360 | /* The value is some complex expression. This will probably |
| 3361 | fail at some later point, but this is probably the right |
| 3362 | thing to do here. */ |
| 3363 | symbol_set_value_expression (sym, &exp); |
| 3364 | break; |
| 3365 | } |
| 3366 | |
| 3367 | S_SET_SEGMENT (sym, ppc_coff_debug_section); |
| 3368 | symbol_get_bfdsym (sym)->flags |= BSF_DEBUGGING; |
| 3369 | |
| 3370 | if (*input_line_pointer != ',') |
| 3371 | { |
| 3372 | as_bad (_("missing class")); |
| 3373 | return; |
| 3374 | } |
| 3375 | ++input_line_pointer; |
| 3376 | |
| 3377 | S_SET_STORAGE_CLASS (sym, get_absolute_expression ()); |
| 3378 | |
| 3379 | if (*input_line_pointer != ',') |
| 3380 | { |
| 3381 | as_bad (_("missing type")); |
| 3382 | return; |
| 3383 | } |
| 3384 | ++input_line_pointer; |
| 3385 | |
| 3386 | S_SET_DATA_TYPE (sym, get_absolute_expression ()); |
| 3387 | |
| 3388 | symbol_get_tc (sym)->output = 1; |
| 3389 | |
| 3390 | if (S_GET_STORAGE_CLASS (sym) == C_STSYM) { |
| 3391 | |
| 3392 | symbol_get_tc (sym)->within = ppc_current_block; |
| 3393 | |
| 3394 | /* In this case : |
| 3395 | |
| 3396 | .bs name |
| 3397 | .stabx "z",arrays_,133,0 |
| 3398 | .es |
| 3399 | |
| 3400 | .comm arrays_,13768,3 |
| 3401 | |
| 3402 | resolve_symbol_value will copy the exp's "within" into sym's when the |
| 3403 | offset is 0. Since this seems to be corner case problem, |
| 3404 | only do the correction for storage class C_STSYM. A better solution |
| 3405 | would be to have the tc field updated in ppc_symbol_new_hook. */ |
| 3406 | |
| 3407 | if (exp.X_op == O_symbol) |
| 3408 | { |
| 3409 | symbol_get_tc (exp.X_add_symbol)->within = ppc_current_block; |
| 3410 | } |
| 3411 | } |
| 3412 | |
| 3413 | if (exp.X_op != O_symbol |
| 3414 | || ! S_IS_EXTERNAL (exp.X_add_symbol) |
| 3415 | || S_GET_SEGMENT (exp.X_add_symbol) != bss_section) |
| 3416 | ppc_frob_label (sym); |
| 3417 | else |
| 3418 | { |
| 3419 | symbol_remove (sym, &symbol_rootP, &symbol_lastP); |
| 3420 | symbol_append (sym, exp.X_add_symbol, &symbol_rootP, &symbol_lastP); |
| 3421 | if (symbol_get_tc (ppc_current_csect)->within == exp.X_add_symbol) |
| 3422 | symbol_get_tc (ppc_current_csect)->within = sym; |
| 3423 | } |
| 3424 | |
| 3425 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 3426 | } |
| 3427 | |
| 3428 | /* The .function pseudo-op. This takes several arguments. The first |
| 3429 | argument seems to be the external name of the symbol. The second |
| 3430 | argument seems to be the label for the start of the function. gcc |
| 3431 | uses the same name for both. I have no idea what the third and |
| 3432 | fourth arguments are meant to be. The optional fifth argument is |
| 3433 | an expression for the size of the function. In COFF this symbol |
| 3434 | gets an aux entry like that used for a csect. */ |
| 3435 | |
| 3436 | static void |
| 3437 | ppc_function (ignore) |
| 3438 | int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 3439 | { |
| 3440 | char *name; |
| 3441 | char endc; |
| 3442 | char *s; |
| 3443 | symbolS *ext_sym; |
| 3444 | symbolS *lab_sym; |
| 3445 | |
| 3446 | name = input_line_pointer; |
| 3447 | endc = get_symbol_end (); |
| 3448 | |
| 3449 | /* Ignore any [PR] suffix. */ |
| 3450 | name = ppc_canonicalize_symbol_name (name); |
| 3451 | s = strchr (name, '['); |
| 3452 | if (s != (char *) NULL |
| 3453 | && strcmp (s + 1, "PR]") == 0) |
| 3454 | *s = '\0'; |
| 3455 | |
| 3456 | ext_sym = symbol_find_or_make (name); |
| 3457 | |
| 3458 | *input_line_pointer = endc; |
| 3459 | |
| 3460 | if (*input_line_pointer != ',') |
| 3461 | { |
| 3462 | as_bad (_("missing symbol name")); |
| 3463 | ignore_rest_of_line (); |
| 3464 | return; |
| 3465 | } |
| 3466 | ++input_line_pointer; |
| 3467 | |
| 3468 | name = input_line_pointer; |
| 3469 | endc = get_symbol_end (); |
| 3470 | |
| 3471 | lab_sym = symbol_find_or_make (name); |
| 3472 | |
| 3473 | *input_line_pointer = endc; |
| 3474 | |
| 3475 | if (ext_sym != lab_sym) |
| 3476 | { |
| 3477 | expressionS exp; |
| 3478 | |
| 3479 | exp.X_op = O_symbol; |
| 3480 | exp.X_add_symbol = lab_sym; |
| 3481 | exp.X_op_symbol = NULL; |
| 3482 | exp.X_add_number = 0; |
| 3483 | exp.X_unsigned = 0; |
| 3484 | symbol_set_value_expression (ext_sym, &exp); |
| 3485 | } |
| 3486 | |
| 3487 | if (symbol_get_tc (ext_sym)->class == -1) |
| 3488 | symbol_get_tc (ext_sym)->class = XMC_PR; |
| 3489 | symbol_get_tc (ext_sym)->output = 1; |
| 3490 | |
| 3491 | if (*input_line_pointer == ',') |
| 3492 | { |
| 3493 | expressionS ignore; |
| 3494 | |
| 3495 | /* Ignore the third argument. */ |
| 3496 | ++input_line_pointer; |
| 3497 | expression (&ignore); |
| 3498 | if (*input_line_pointer == ',') |
| 3499 | { |
| 3500 | /* Ignore the fourth argument. */ |
| 3501 | ++input_line_pointer; |
| 3502 | expression (&ignore); |
| 3503 | if (*input_line_pointer == ',') |
| 3504 | { |
| 3505 | /* The fifth argument is the function size. */ |
| 3506 | ++input_line_pointer; |
| 3507 | symbol_get_tc (ext_sym)->size = symbol_new ("L0\001", |
| 3508 | absolute_section, |
| 3509 | (valueT) 0, |
| 3510 | &zero_address_frag); |
| 3511 | pseudo_set (symbol_get_tc (ext_sym)->size); |
| 3512 | } |
| 3513 | } |
| 3514 | } |
| 3515 | |
| 3516 | S_SET_DATA_TYPE (ext_sym, DT_FCN << N_BTSHFT); |
| 3517 | SF_SET_FUNCTION (ext_sym); |
| 3518 | SF_SET_PROCESS (ext_sym); |
| 3519 | coff_add_linesym (ext_sym); |
| 3520 | |
| 3521 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 3522 | } |
| 3523 | |
| 3524 | /* The .bf pseudo-op. This is just like a COFF C_FCN symbol named |
| 3525 | ".bf". If the pseudo op .bi was seen before .bf, patch the .bi sym |
| 3526 | with the correct line number */ |
| 3527 | |
| 3528 | static symbolS *saved_bi_sym = 0; |
| 3529 | |
| 3530 | static void |
| 3531 | ppc_bf (ignore) |
| 3532 | int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 3533 | { |
| 3534 | symbolS *sym; |
| 3535 | |
| 3536 | sym = symbol_make (".bf"); |
| 3537 | S_SET_SEGMENT (sym, text_section); |
| 3538 | symbol_set_frag (sym, frag_now); |
| 3539 | S_SET_VALUE (sym, frag_now_fix ()); |
| 3540 | S_SET_STORAGE_CLASS (sym, C_FCN); |
| 3541 | |
| 3542 | coff_line_base = get_absolute_expression (); |
| 3543 | |
| 3544 | S_SET_NUMBER_AUXILIARY (sym, 1); |
| 3545 | SA_SET_SYM_LNNO (sym, coff_line_base); |
| 3546 | |
| 3547 | /* Line number for bi. */ |
| 3548 | if (saved_bi_sym) |
| 3549 | { |
| 3550 | S_SET_VALUE (saved_bi_sym, coff_n_line_nos); |
| 3551 | saved_bi_sym = 0; |
| 3552 | } |
| 3553 | |
| 3554 | |
| 3555 | symbol_get_tc (sym)->output = 1; |
| 3556 | |
| 3557 | ppc_frob_label (sym); |
| 3558 | |
| 3559 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 3560 | } |
| 3561 | |
| 3562 | /* The .ef pseudo-op. This is just like a COFF C_FCN symbol named |
| 3563 | ".ef", except that the line number is absolute, not relative to the |
| 3564 | most recent ".bf" symbol. */ |
| 3565 | |
| 3566 | static void |
| 3567 | ppc_ef (ignore) |
| 3568 | int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 3569 | { |
| 3570 | symbolS *sym; |
| 3571 | |
| 3572 | sym = symbol_make (".ef"); |
| 3573 | S_SET_SEGMENT (sym, text_section); |
| 3574 | symbol_set_frag (sym, frag_now); |
| 3575 | S_SET_VALUE (sym, frag_now_fix ()); |
| 3576 | S_SET_STORAGE_CLASS (sym, C_FCN); |
| 3577 | S_SET_NUMBER_AUXILIARY (sym, 1); |
| 3578 | SA_SET_SYM_LNNO (sym, get_absolute_expression ()); |
| 3579 | symbol_get_tc (sym)->output = 1; |
| 3580 | |
| 3581 | ppc_frob_label (sym); |
| 3582 | |
| 3583 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 3584 | } |
| 3585 | |
| 3586 | /* The .bi and .ei pseudo-ops. These take a string argument and |
| 3587 | generates a C_BINCL or C_EINCL symbol, which goes at the start of |
| 3588 | the symbol list. The value of .bi will be know when the next .bf |
| 3589 | is encountered. */ |
| 3590 | |
| 3591 | static void |
| 3592 | ppc_biei (ei) |
| 3593 | int ei; |
| 3594 | { |
| 3595 | static symbolS *last_biei; |
| 3596 | |
| 3597 | char *name; |
| 3598 | int len; |
| 3599 | symbolS *sym; |
| 3600 | symbolS *look; |
| 3601 | |
| 3602 | name = demand_copy_C_string (&len); |
| 3603 | |
| 3604 | /* The value of these symbols is actually file offset. Here we set |
| 3605 | the value to the index into the line number entries. In |
| 3606 | ppc_frob_symbols we set the fix_line field, which will cause BFD |
| 3607 | to do the right thing. */ |
| 3608 | |
| 3609 | sym = symbol_make (name); |
| 3610 | /* obj-coff.c currently only handles line numbers correctly in the |
| 3611 | .text section. */ |
| 3612 | S_SET_SEGMENT (sym, text_section); |
| 3613 | S_SET_VALUE (sym, coff_n_line_nos); |
| 3614 | symbol_get_bfdsym (sym)->flags |= BSF_DEBUGGING; |
| 3615 | |
| 3616 | S_SET_STORAGE_CLASS (sym, ei ? C_EINCL : C_BINCL); |
| 3617 | symbol_get_tc (sym)->output = 1; |
| 3618 | |
| 3619 | /* Save bi. */ |
| 3620 | if (ei) |
| 3621 | saved_bi_sym = 0; |
| 3622 | else |
| 3623 | saved_bi_sym = sym; |
| 3624 | |
| 3625 | for (look = last_biei ? last_biei : symbol_rootP; |
| 3626 | (look != (symbolS *) NULL |
| 3627 | && (S_GET_STORAGE_CLASS (look) == C_FILE |
| 3628 | || S_GET_STORAGE_CLASS (look) == C_BINCL |
| 3629 | || S_GET_STORAGE_CLASS (look) == C_EINCL)); |
| 3630 | look = symbol_next (look)) |
| 3631 | ; |
| 3632 | if (look != (symbolS *) NULL) |
| 3633 | { |
| 3634 | symbol_remove (sym, &symbol_rootP, &symbol_lastP); |
| 3635 | symbol_insert (sym, look, &symbol_rootP, &symbol_lastP); |
| 3636 | last_biei = sym; |
| 3637 | } |
| 3638 | |
| 3639 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 3640 | } |
| 3641 | |
| 3642 | /* The .bs pseudo-op. This generates a C_BSTAT symbol named ".bs". |
| 3643 | There is one argument, which is a csect symbol. The value of the |
| 3644 | .bs symbol is the index of this csect symbol. */ |
| 3645 | |
| 3646 | static void |
| 3647 | ppc_bs (ignore) |
| 3648 | int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 3649 | { |
| 3650 | char *name; |
| 3651 | char endc; |
| 3652 | symbolS *csect; |
| 3653 | symbolS *sym; |
| 3654 | |
| 3655 | if (ppc_current_block != NULL) |
| 3656 | as_bad (_("nested .bs blocks")); |
| 3657 | |
| 3658 | name = input_line_pointer; |
| 3659 | endc = get_symbol_end (); |
| 3660 | |
| 3661 | csect = symbol_find_or_make (name); |
| 3662 | |
| 3663 | *input_line_pointer = endc; |
| 3664 | |
| 3665 | sym = symbol_make (".bs"); |
| 3666 | S_SET_SEGMENT (sym, now_seg); |
| 3667 | S_SET_STORAGE_CLASS (sym, C_BSTAT); |
| 3668 | symbol_get_bfdsym (sym)->flags |= BSF_DEBUGGING; |
| 3669 | symbol_get_tc (sym)->output = 1; |
| 3670 | |
| 3671 | symbol_get_tc (sym)->within = csect; |
| 3672 | |
| 3673 | ppc_frob_label (sym); |
| 3674 | |
| 3675 | ppc_current_block = sym; |
| 3676 | |
| 3677 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 3678 | } |
| 3679 | |
| 3680 | /* The .es pseudo-op. Generate a C_ESTART symbol named .es. */ |
| 3681 | |
| 3682 | static void |
| 3683 | ppc_es (ignore) |
| 3684 | int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 3685 | { |
| 3686 | symbolS *sym; |
| 3687 | |
| 3688 | if (ppc_current_block == NULL) |
| 3689 | as_bad (_(".es without preceding .bs")); |
| 3690 | |
| 3691 | sym = symbol_make (".es"); |
| 3692 | S_SET_SEGMENT (sym, now_seg); |
| 3693 | S_SET_STORAGE_CLASS (sym, C_ESTAT); |
| 3694 | symbol_get_bfdsym (sym)->flags |= BSF_DEBUGGING; |
| 3695 | symbol_get_tc (sym)->output = 1; |
| 3696 | |
| 3697 | ppc_frob_label (sym); |
| 3698 | |
| 3699 | ppc_current_block = NULL; |
| 3700 | |
| 3701 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 3702 | } |
| 3703 | |
| 3704 | /* The .bb pseudo-op. Generate a C_BLOCK symbol named .bb, with a |
| 3705 | line number. */ |
| 3706 | |
| 3707 | static void |
| 3708 | ppc_bb (ignore) |
| 3709 | int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 3710 | { |
| 3711 | symbolS *sym; |
| 3712 | |
| 3713 | sym = symbol_make (".bb"); |
| 3714 | S_SET_SEGMENT (sym, text_section); |
| 3715 | symbol_set_frag (sym, frag_now); |
| 3716 | S_SET_VALUE (sym, frag_now_fix ()); |
| 3717 | S_SET_STORAGE_CLASS (sym, C_BLOCK); |
| 3718 | |
| 3719 | S_SET_NUMBER_AUXILIARY (sym, 1); |
| 3720 | SA_SET_SYM_LNNO (sym, get_absolute_expression ()); |
| 3721 | |
| 3722 | symbol_get_tc (sym)->output = 1; |
| 3723 | |
| 3724 | SF_SET_PROCESS (sym); |
| 3725 | |
| 3726 | ppc_frob_label (sym); |
| 3727 | |
| 3728 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 3729 | } |
| 3730 | |
| 3731 | /* The .eb pseudo-op. Generate a C_BLOCK symbol named .eb, with a |
| 3732 | line number. */ |
| 3733 | |
| 3734 | static void |
| 3735 | ppc_eb (ignore) |
| 3736 | int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 3737 | { |
| 3738 | symbolS *sym; |
| 3739 | |
| 3740 | sym = symbol_make (".eb"); |
| 3741 | S_SET_SEGMENT (sym, text_section); |
| 3742 | symbol_set_frag (sym, frag_now); |
| 3743 | S_SET_VALUE (sym, frag_now_fix ()); |
| 3744 | S_SET_STORAGE_CLASS (sym, C_BLOCK); |
| 3745 | S_SET_NUMBER_AUXILIARY (sym, 1); |
| 3746 | SA_SET_SYM_LNNO (sym, get_absolute_expression ()); |
| 3747 | symbol_get_tc (sym)->output = 1; |
| 3748 | |
| 3749 | SF_SET_PROCESS (sym); |
| 3750 | |
| 3751 | ppc_frob_label (sym); |
| 3752 | |
| 3753 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 3754 | } |
| 3755 | |
| 3756 | /* The .bc pseudo-op. This just creates a C_BCOMM symbol with a |
| 3757 | specified name. */ |
| 3758 | |
| 3759 | static void |
| 3760 | ppc_bc (ignore) |
| 3761 | int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 3762 | { |
| 3763 | char *name; |
| 3764 | int len; |
| 3765 | symbolS *sym; |
| 3766 | |
| 3767 | name = demand_copy_C_string (&len); |
| 3768 | sym = symbol_make (name); |
| 3769 | S_SET_SEGMENT (sym, ppc_coff_debug_section); |
| 3770 | symbol_get_bfdsym (sym)->flags |= BSF_DEBUGGING; |
| 3771 | S_SET_STORAGE_CLASS (sym, C_BCOMM); |
| 3772 | S_SET_VALUE (sym, 0); |
| 3773 | symbol_get_tc (sym)->output = 1; |
| 3774 | |
| 3775 | ppc_frob_label (sym); |
| 3776 | |
| 3777 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 3778 | } |
| 3779 | |
| 3780 | /* The .ec pseudo-op. This just creates a C_ECOMM symbol. */ |
| 3781 | |
| 3782 | static void |
| 3783 | ppc_ec (ignore) |
| 3784 | int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 3785 | { |
| 3786 | symbolS *sym; |
| 3787 | |
| 3788 | sym = symbol_make (".ec"); |
| 3789 | S_SET_SEGMENT (sym, ppc_coff_debug_section); |
| 3790 | symbol_get_bfdsym (sym)->flags |= BSF_DEBUGGING; |
| 3791 | S_SET_STORAGE_CLASS (sym, C_ECOMM); |
| 3792 | S_SET_VALUE (sym, 0); |
| 3793 | symbol_get_tc (sym)->output = 1; |
| 3794 | |
| 3795 | ppc_frob_label (sym); |
| 3796 | |
| 3797 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 3798 | } |
| 3799 | |
| 3800 | /* The .toc pseudo-op. Switch to the .toc subsegment. */ |
| 3801 | |
| 3802 | static void |
| 3803 | ppc_toc (ignore) |
| 3804 | int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 3805 | { |
| 3806 | if (ppc_toc_csect != (symbolS *) NULL) |
| 3807 | subseg_set (data_section, symbol_get_tc (ppc_toc_csect)->subseg); |
| 3808 | else |
| 3809 | { |
| 3810 | subsegT subseg; |
| 3811 | symbolS *sym; |
| 3812 | symbolS *list; |
| 3813 | |
| 3814 | subseg = ppc_data_subsegment; |
| 3815 | ++ppc_data_subsegment; |
| 3816 | |
| 3817 | subseg_new (segment_name (data_section), subseg); |
| 3818 | ppc_toc_frag = frag_now; |
| 3819 | |
| 3820 | sym = symbol_find_or_make ("TOC[TC0]"); |
| 3821 | symbol_set_frag (sym, frag_now); |
| 3822 | S_SET_SEGMENT (sym, data_section); |
| 3823 | S_SET_VALUE (sym, (valueT) frag_now_fix ()); |
| 3824 | symbol_get_tc (sym)->subseg = subseg; |
| 3825 | symbol_get_tc (sym)->output = 1; |
| 3826 | symbol_get_tc (sym)->within = sym; |
| 3827 | |
| 3828 | ppc_toc_csect = sym; |
| 3829 | |
| 3830 | for (list = ppc_data_csects; |
| 3831 | symbol_get_tc (list)->next != (symbolS *) NULL; |
| 3832 | list = symbol_get_tc (list)->next) |
| 3833 | ; |
| 3834 | symbol_get_tc (list)->next = sym; |
| 3835 | |
| 3836 | symbol_remove (sym, &symbol_rootP, &symbol_lastP); |
| 3837 | symbol_append (sym, symbol_get_tc (list)->within, &symbol_rootP, |
| 3838 | &symbol_lastP); |
| 3839 | } |
| 3840 | |
| 3841 | ppc_current_csect = ppc_toc_csect; |
| 3842 | |
| 3843 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 3844 | } |
| 3845 | |
| 3846 | /* The AIX assembler automatically aligns the operands of a .long or |
| 3847 | .short pseudo-op, and we want to be compatible. */ |
| 3848 | |
| 3849 | static void |
| 3850 | ppc_xcoff_cons (log_size) |
| 3851 | int log_size; |
| 3852 | { |
| 3853 | frag_align (log_size, 0, 0); |
| 3854 | record_alignment (now_seg, log_size); |
| 3855 | cons (1 << log_size); |
| 3856 | } |
| 3857 | |
| 3858 | static void |
| 3859 | ppc_vbyte (dummy) |
| 3860 | int dummy ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 3861 | { |
| 3862 | expressionS exp; |
| 3863 | int byte_count; |
| 3864 | |
| 3865 | (void) expression (&exp); |
| 3866 | |
| 3867 | if (exp.X_op != O_constant) |
| 3868 | { |
| 3869 | as_bad (_("non-constant byte count")); |
| 3870 | return; |
| 3871 | } |
| 3872 | |
| 3873 | byte_count = exp.X_add_number; |
| 3874 | |
| 3875 | if (*input_line_pointer != ',') |
| 3876 | { |
| 3877 | as_bad (_("missing value")); |
| 3878 | return; |
| 3879 | } |
| 3880 | |
| 3881 | ++input_line_pointer; |
| 3882 | cons (byte_count); |
| 3883 | } |
| 3884 | |
| 3885 | #endif /* OBJ_XCOFF */ |
| 3886 | #if defined (OBJ_XCOFF) || defined (OBJ_ELF) |
| 3887 | \f |
| 3888 | /* The .tc pseudo-op. This is used when generating either XCOFF or |
| 3889 | ELF. This takes two or more arguments. |
| 3890 | |
| 3891 | When generating XCOFF output, the first argument is the name to |
| 3892 | give to this location in the toc; this will be a symbol with class |
| 3893 | TC. The rest of the arguments are N-byte values to actually put at |
| 3894 | this location in the TOC; often there is just one more argument, a |
| 3895 | relocatable symbol reference. The size of the value to store |
| 3896 | depends on target word size. A 32-bit target uses 4-byte values, a |
| 3897 | 64-bit target uses 8-byte values. |
| 3898 | |
| 3899 | When not generating XCOFF output, the arguments are the same, but |
| 3900 | the first argument is simply ignored. */ |
| 3901 | |
| 3902 | static void |
| 3903 | ppc_tc (ignore) |
| 3904 | int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 3905 | { |
| 3906 | #ifdef OBJ_XCOFF |
| 3907 | |
| 3908 | /* Define the TOC symbol name. */ |
| 3909 | { |
| 3910 | char *name; |
| 3911 | char endc; |
| 3912 | symbolS *sym; |
| 3913 | |
| 3914 | if (ppc_toc_csect == (symbolS *) NULL |
| 3915 | || ppc_toc_csect != ppc_current_csect) |
| 3916 | { |
| 3917 | as_bad (_(".tc not in .toc section")); |
| 3918 | ignore_rest_of_line (); |
| 3919 | return; |
| 3920 | } |
| 3921 | |
| 3922 | name = input_line_pointer; |
| 3923 | endc = get_symbol_end (); |
| 3924 | |
| 3925 | sym = symbol_find_or_make (name); |
| 3926 | |
| 3927 | *input_line_pointer = endc; |
| 3928 | |
| 3929 | if (S_IS_DEFINED (sym)) |
| 3930 | { |
| 3931 | symbolS *label; |
| 3932 | |
| 3933 | label = symbol_get_tc (ppc_current_csect)->within; |
| 3934 | if (symbol_get_tc (label)->class != XMC_TC0) |
| 3935 | { |
| 3936 | as_bad (_(".tc with no label")); |
| 3937 | ignore_rest_of_line (); |
| 3938 | return; |
| 3939 | } |
| 3940 | |
| 3941 | S_SET_SEGMENT (label, S_GET_SEGMENT (sym)); |
| 3942 | symbol_set_frag (label, symbol_get_frag (sym)); |
| 3943 | S_SET_VALUE (label, S_GET_VALUE (sym)); |
| 3944 | |
| 3945 | while (! is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) *input_line_pointer]) |
| 3946 | ++input_line_pointer; |
| 3947 | |
| 3948 | return; |
| 3949 | } |
| 3950 | |
| 3951 | S_SET_SEGMENT (sym, now_seg); |
| 3952 | symbol_set_frag (sym, frag_now); |
| 3953 | S_SET_VALUE (sym, (valueT) frag_now_fix ()); |
| 3954 | symbol_get_tc (sym)->class = XMC_TC; |
| 3955 | symbol_get_tc (sym)->output = 1; |
| 3956 | |
| 3957 | ppc_frob_label (sym); |
| 3958 | } |
| 3959 | |
| 3960 | #endif /* OBJ_XCOFF */ |
| 3961 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 3962 | int align; |
| 3963 | |
| 3964 | /* Skip the TOC symbol name. */ |
| 3965 | while (is_part_of_name (*input_line_pointer) |
| 3966 | || *input_line_pointer == '[' |
| 3967 | || *input_line_pointer == ']' |
| 3968 | || *input_line_pointer == '{' |
| 3969 | || *input_line_pointer == '}') |
| 3970 | ++input_line_pointer; |
| 3971 | |
| 3972 | /* Align to a four/eight byte boundary. */ |
| 3973 | align = ppc_obj64 ? 3 : 2; |
| 3974 | frag_align (align, 0, 0); |
| 3975 | record_alignment (now_seg, align); |
| 3976 | #endif /* OBJ_ELF */ |
| 3977 | |
| 3978 | if (*input_line_pointer != ',') |
| 3979 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 3980 | else |
| 3981 | { |
| 3982 | ++input_line_pointer; |
| 3983 | cons (ppc_obj64 ? 8 : 4); |
| 3984 | } |
| 3985 | } |
| 3986 | |
| 3987 | /* Pseudo-op .machine. */ |
| 3988 | |
| 3989 | static void |
| 3990 | ppc_machine (ignore) |
| 3991 | int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 3992 | { |
| 3993 | char *cpu_string; |
| 3994 | #define MAX_HISTORY 100 |
| 3995 | static unsigned long *cpu_history; |
| 3996 | static int curr_hist; |
| 3997 | |
| 3998 | SKIP_WHITESPACE (); |
| 3999 | |
| 4000 | if (*input_line_pointer == '"') |
| 4001 | { |
| 4002 | int len; |
| 4003 | cpu_string = demand_copy_C_string (&len); |
| 4004 | } |
| 4005 | else |
| 4006 | { |
| 4007 | char c; |
| 4008 | cpu_string = input_line_pointer; |
| 4009 | c = get_symbol_end (); |
| 4010 | cpu_string = xstrdup (cpu_string); |
| 4011 | *input_line_pointer = c; |
| 4012 | } |
| 4013 | |
| 4014 | if (cpu_string != NULL) |
| 4015 | { |
| 4016 | unsigned long old_cpu = ppc_cpu; |
| 4017 | char *p; |
| 4018 | |
| 4019 | for (p = cpu_string; *p != 0; p++) |
| 4020 | *p = TOLOWER (*p); |
| 4021 | |
| 4022 | if (strcmp (cpu_string, "push") == 0) |
| 4023 | { |
| 4024 | if (cpu_history == NULL) |
| 4025 | cpu_history = xmalloc (MAX_HISTORY * sizeof (*cpu_history)); |
| 4026 | |
| 4027 | if (curr_hist >= MAX_HISTORY) |
| 4028 | as_bad (_(".machine stack overflow")); |
| 4029 | else |
| 4030 | cpu_history[curr_hist++] = ppc_cpu; |
| 4031 | } |
| 4032 | else if (strcmp (cpu_string, "pop") == 0) |
| 4033 | { |
| 4034 | if (curr_hist <= 0) |
| 4035 | as_bad (_(".machine stack underflow")); |
| 4036 | else |
| 4037 | ppc_cpu = cpu_history[--curr_hist]; |
| 4038 | } |
| 4039 | else if (parse_cpu (cpu_string)) |
| 4040 | ; |
| 4041 | else |
| 4042 | as_bad (_("invalid machine `%s'"), cpu_string); |
| 4043 | |
| 4044 | if (ppc_cpu != old_cpu) |
| 4045 | ppc_setup_opcodes (); |
| 4046 | } |
| 4047 | |
| 4048 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 4049 | } |
| 4050 | |
| 4051 | /* See whether a symbol is in the TOC section. */ |
| 4052 | |
| 4053 | static int |
| 4054 | ppc_is_toc_sym (sym) |
| 4055 | symbolS *sym; |
| 4056 | { |
| 4057 | #ifdef OBJ_XCOFF |
| 4058 | return symbol_get_tc (sym)->class == XMC_TC; |
| 4059 | #endif |
| 4060 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 4061 | const char *sname = segment_name (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym)); |
| 4062 | if (ppc_obj64) |
| 4063 | return strcmp (sname, ".toc") == 0; |
| 4064 | else |
| 4065 | return strcmp (sname, ".got") == 0; |
| 4066 | #endif |
| 4067 | } |
| 4068 | #endif /* defined (OBJ_XCOFF) || defined (OBJ_ELF) */ |
| 4069 | \f |
| 4070 | #ifdef TE_PE |
| 4071 | |
| 4072 | /* Pseudo-ops specific to the Windows NT PowerPC PE (coff) format. */ |
| 4073 | |
| 4074 | /* Set the current section. */ |
| 4075 | static void |
| 4076 | ppc_set_current_section (new) |
| 4077 | segT new; |
| 4078 | { |
| 4079 | ppc_previous_section = ppc_current_section; |
| 4080 | ppc_current_section = new; |
| 4081 | } |
| 4082 | |
| 4083 | /* pseudo-op: .previous |
| 4084 | behaviour: toggles the current section with the previous section. |
| 4085 | errors: None |
| 4086 | warnings: "No previous section" */ |
| 4087 | |
| 4088 | static void |
| 4089 | ppc_previous (ignore) |
| 4090 | int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 4091 | { |
| 4092 | symbolS *tmp; |
| 4093 | |
| 4094 | if (ppc_previous_section == NULL) |
| 4095 | { |
| 4096 | as_warn (_("No previous section to return to. Directive ignored.")); |
| 4097 | return; |
| 4098 | } |
| 4099 | |
| 4100 | subseg_set (ppc_previous_section, 0); |
| 4101 | |
| 4102 | ppc_set_current_section (ppc_previous_section); |
| 4103 | } |
| 4104 | |
| 4105 | /* pseudo-op: .pdata |
| 4106 | behaviour: predefined read only data section |
| 4107 | double word aligned |
| 4108 | errors: None |
| 4109 | warnings: None |
| 4110 | initial: .section .pdata "adr3" |
| 4111 | a - don't know -- maybe a misprint |
| 4112 | d - initialized data |
| 4113 | r - readable |
| 4114 | 3 - double word aligned (that would be 4 byte boundary) |
| 4115 | |
| 4116 | commentary: |
| 4117 | Tag index tables (also known as the function table) for exception |
| 4118 | handling, debugging, etc. */ |
| 4119 | |
| 4120 | static void |
| 4121 | ppc_pdata (ignore) |
| 4122 | int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 4123 | { |
| 4124 | if (pdata_section == 0) |
| 4125 | { |
| 4126 | pdata_section = subseg_new (".pdata", 0); |
| 4127 | |
| 4128 | bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, pdata_section, |
| 4129 | (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_RELOC |
| 4130 | | SEC_READONLY | SEC_DATA )); |
| 4131 | |
| 4132 | bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, pdata_section, 2); |
| 4133 | } |
| 4134 | else |
| 4135 | { |
| 4136 | pdata_section = subseg_new (".pdata", 0); |
| 4137 | } |
| 4138 | ppc_set_current_section (pdata_section); |
| 4139 | } |
| 4140 | |
| 4141 | /* pseudo-op: .ydata |
| 4142 | behaviour: predefined read only data section |
| 4143 | double word aligned |
| 4144 | errors: None |
| 4145 | warnings: None |
| 4146 | initial: .section .ydata "drw3" |
| 4147 | a - don't know -- maybe a misprint |
| 4148 | d - initialized data |
| 4149 | r - readable |
| 4150 | 3 - double word aligned (that would be 4 byte boundary) |
| 4151 | commentary: |
| 4152 | Tag tables (also known as the scope table) for exception handling, |
| 4153 | debugging, etc. */ |
| 4154 | |
| 4155 | static void |
| 4156 | ppc_ydata (ignore) |
| 4157 | int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 4158 | { |
| 4159 | if (ydata_section == 0) |
| 4160 | { |
| 4161 | ydata_section = subseg_new (".ydata", 0); |
| 4162 | bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, ydata_section, |
| 4163 | (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_RELOC |
| 4164 | | SEC_READONLY | SEC_DATA )); |
| 4165 | |
| 4166 | bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, ydata_section, 3); |
| 4167 | } |
| 4168 | else |
| 4169 | { |
| 4170 | ydata_section = subseg_new (".ydata", 0); |
| 4171 | } |
| 4172 | ppc_set_current_section (ydata_section); |
| 4173 | } |
| 4174 | |
| 4175 | /* pseudo-op: .reldata |
| 4176 | behaviour: predefined read write data section |
| 4177 | double word aligned (4-byte) |
| 4178 | FIXME: relocation is applied to it |
| 4179 | FIXME: what's the difference between this and .data? |
| 4180 | errors: None |
| 4181 | warnings: None |
| 4182 | initial: .section .reldata "drw3" |
| 4183 | d - initialized data |
| 4184 | r - readable |
| 4185 | w - writeable |
| 4186 | 3 - double word aligned (that would be 8 byte boundary) |
| 4187 | |
| 4188 | commentary: |
| 4189 | Like .data, but intended to hold data subject to relocation, such as |
| 4190 | function descriptors, etc. */ |
| 4191 | |
| 4192 | static void |
| 4193 | ppc_reldata (ignore) |
| 4194 | int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 4195 | { |
| 4196 | if (reldata_section == 0) |
| 4197 | { |
| 4198 | reldata_section = subseg_new (".reldata", 0); |
| 4199 | |
| 4200 | bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, reldata_section, |
| 4201 | (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_RELOC |
| 4202 | | SEC_DATA)); |
| 4203 | |
| 4204 | bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, reldata_section, 2); |
| 4205 | } |
| 4206 | else |
| 4207 | { |
| 4208 | reldata_section = subseg_new (".reldata", 0); |
| 4209 | } |
| 4210 | ppc_set_current_section (reldata_section); |
| 4211 | } |
| 4212 | |
| 4213 | /* pseudo-op: .rdata |
| 4214 | behaviour: predefined read only data section |
| 4215 | double word aligned |
| 4216 | errors: None |
| 4217 | warnings: None |
| 4218 | initial: .section .rdata "dr3" |
| 4219 | d - initialized data |
| 4220 | r - readable |
| 4221 | 3 - double word aligned (that would be 4 byte boundary) */ |
| 4222 | |
| 4223 | static void |
| 4224 | ppc_rdata (ignore) |
| 4225 | int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 4226 | { |
| 4227 | if (rdata_section == 0) |
| 4228 | { |
| 4229 | rdata_section = subseg_new (".rdata", 0); |
| 4230 | bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, rdata_section, |
| 4231 | (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_RELOC |
| 4232 | | SEC_READONLY | SEC_DATA )); |
| 4233 | |
| 4234 | bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, rdata_section, 2); |
| 4235 | } |
| 4236 | else |
| 4237 | { |
| 4238 | rdata_section = subseg_new (".rdata", 0); |
| 4239 | } |
| 4240 | ppc_set_current_section (rdata_section); |
| 4241 | } |
| 4242 | |
| 4243 | /* pseudo-op: .ualong |
| 4244 | behaviour: much like .int, with the exception that no alignment is |
| 4245 | performed. |
| 4246 | FIXME: test the alignment statement |
| 4247 | errors: None |
| 4248 | warnings: None */ |
| 4249 | |
| 4250 | static void |
| 4251 | ppc_ualong (ignore) |
| 4252 | int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 4253 | { |
| 4254 | /* Try for long. */ |
| 4255 | cons (4); |
| 4256 | } |
| 4257 | |
| 4258 | /* pseudo-op: .znop <symbol name> |
| 4259 | behaviour: Issue a nop instruction |
| 4260 | Issue a IMAGE_REL_PPC_IFGLUE relocation against it, using |
| 4261 | the supplied symbol name. |
| 4262 | errors: None |
| 4263 | warnings: Missing symbol name */ |
| 4264 | |
| 4265 | static void |
| 4266 | ppc_znop (ignore) |
| 4267 | int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 4268 | { |
| 4269 | unsigned long insn; |
| 4270 | const struct powerpc_opcode *opcode; |
| 4271 | expressionS ex; |
| 4272 | char *f; |
| 4273 | symbolS *sym; |
| 4274 | char *symbol_name; |
| 4275 | char c; |
| 4276 | char *name; |
| 4277 | unsigned int exp; |
| 4278 | flagword flags; |
| 4279 | asection *sec; |
| 4280 | |
| 4281 | /* Strip out the symbol name. */ |
| 4282 | symbol_name = input_line_pointer; |
| 4283 | c = get_symbol_end (); |
| 4284 | |
| 4285 | name = xmalloc (input_line_pointer - symbol_name + 1); |
| 4286 | strcpy (name, symbol_name); |
| 4287 | |
| 4288 | sym = symbol_find_or_make (name); |
| 4289 | |
| 4290 | *input_line_pointer = c; |
| 4291 | |
| 4292 | SKIP_WHITESPACE (); |
| 4293 | |
| 4294 | /* Look up the opcode in the hash table. */ |
| 4295 | opcode = (const struct powerpc_opcode *) hash_find (ppc_hash, "nop"); |
| 4296 | |
| 4297 | /* Stick in the nop. */ |
| 4298 | insn = opcode->opcode; |
| 4299 | |
| 4300 | /* Write out the instruction. */ |
| 4301 | f = frag_more (4); |
| 4302 | md_number_to_chars (f, insn, 4); |
| 4303 | fix_new (frag_now, |
| 4304 | f - frag_now->fr_literal, |
| 4305 | 4, |
| 4306 | sym, |
| 4307 | 0, |
| 4308 | 0, |
| 4309 | BFD_RELOC_16_GOT_PCREL); |
| 4310 | |
| 4311 | } |
| 4312 | |
| 4313 | /* pseudo-op: |
| 4314 | behaviour: |
| 4315 | errors: |
| 4316 | warnings: */ |
| 4317 | |
| 4318 | static void |
| 4319 | ppc_pe_comm (lcomm) |
| 4320 | int lcomm; |
| 4321 | { |
| 4322 | register char *name; |
| 4323 | register char c; |
| 4324 | register char *p; |
| 4325 | offsetT temp; |
| 4326 | register symbolS *symbolP; |
| 4327 | offsetT align; |
| 4328 | |
| 4329 | name = input_line_pointer; |
| 4330 | c = get_symbol_end (); |
| 4331 | |
| 4332 | /* just after name is now '\0'. */ |
| 4333 | p = input_line_pointer; |
| 4334 | *p = c; |
| 4335 | SKIP_WHITESPACE (); |
| 4336 | if (*input_line_pointer != ',') |
| 4337 | { |
| 4338 | as_bad (_("Expected comma after symbol-name: rest of line ignored.")); |
| 4339 | ignore_rest_of_line (); |
| 4340 | return; |
| 4341 | } |
| 4342 | |
| 4343 | input_line_pointer++; /* skip ',' */ |
| 4344 | if ((temp = get_absolute_expression ()) < 0) |
| 4345 | { |
| 4346 | as_warn (_(".COMMon length (%ld.) <0! Ignored."), (long) temp); |
| 4347 | ignore_rest_of_line (); |
| 4348 | return; |
| 4349 | } |
| 4350 | |
| 4351 | if (! lcomm) |
| 4352 | { |
| 4353 | /* The third argument to .comm is the alignment. */ |
| 4354 | if (*input_line_pointer != ',') |
| 4355 | align = 3; |
| 4356 | else |
| 4357 | { |
| 4358 | ++input_line_pointer; |
| 4359 | align = get_absolute_expression (); |
| 4360 | if (align <= 0) |
| 4361 | { |
| 4362 | as_warn (_("ignoring bad alignment")); |
| 4363 | align = 3; |
| 4364 | } |
| 4365 | } |
| 4366 | } |
| 4367 | |
| 4368 | *p = 0; |
| 4369 | symbolP = symbol_find_or_make (name); |
| 4370 | |
| 4371 | *p = c; |
| 4372 | if (S_IS_DEFINED (symbolP) && ! S_IS_COMMON (symbolP)) |
| 4373 | { |
| 4374 | as_bad (_("Ignoring attempt to re-define symbol `%s'."), |
| 4375 | S_GET_NAME (symbolP)); |
| 4376 | ignore_rest_of_line (); |
| 4377 | return; |
| 4378 | } |
| 4379 | |
| 4380 | if (S_GET_VALUE (symbolP)) |
| 4381 | { |
| 4382 | if (S_GET_VALUE (symbolP) != (valueT) temp) |
| 4383 | as_bad (_("Length of .comm \"%s\" is already %ld. Not changed to %ld."), |
| 4384 | S_GET_NAME (symbolP), |
| 4385 | (long) S_GET_VALUE (symbolP), |
| 4386 | (long) temp); |
| 4387 | } |
| 4388 | else |
| 4389 | { |
| 4390 | S_SET_VALUE (symbolP, (valueT) temp); |
| 4391 | S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbolP); |
| 4392 | } |
| 4393 | |
| 4394 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 4395 | } |
| 4396 | |
| 4397 | /* |
| 4398 | * implement the .section pseudo op: |
| 4399 | * .section name {, "flags"} |
| 4400 | * ^ ^ |
| 4401 | * | +--- optional flags: 'b' for bss |
| 4402 | * | 'i' for info |
| 4403 | * +-- section name 'l' for lib |
| 4404 | * 'n' for noload |
| 4405 | * 'o' for over |
| 4406 | * 'w' for data |
| 4407 | * 'd' (apparently m88k for data) |
| 4408 | * 'x' for text |
| 4409 | * But if the argument is not a quoted string, treat it as a |
| 4410 | * subsegment number. |
| 4411 | * |
| 4412 | * FIXME: this is a copy of the section processing from obj-coff.c, with |
| 4413 | * additions/changes for the moto-pas assembler support. There are three |
| 4414 | * categories: |
| 4415 | * |
| 4416 | * FIXME: I just noticed this. This doesn't work at all really. It it |
| 4417 | * setting bits that bfd probably neither understands or uses. The |
| 4418 | * correct approach (?) will have to incorporate extra fields attached |
| 4419 | * to the section to hold the system specific stuff. (krk) |
| 4420 | * |
| 4421 | * Section Contents: |
| 4422 | * 'a' - unknown - referred to in documentation, but no definition supplied |
| 4423 | * 'c' - section has code |
| 4424 | * 'd' - section has initialized data |
| 4425 | * 'u' - section has uninitialized data |
| 4426 | * 'i' - section contains directives (info) |
| 4427 | * 'n' - section can be discarded |
| 4428 | * 'R' - remove section at link time |
| 4429 | * |
| 4430 | * Section Protection: |
| 4431 | * 'r' - section is readable |
| 4432 | * 'w' - section is writeable |
| 4433 | * 'x' - section is executable |
| 4434 | * 's' - section is sharable |
| 4435 | * |
| 4436 | * Section Alignment: |
| 4437 | * '0' - align to byte boundary |
| 4438 | * '1' - align to halfword undary |
| 4439 | * '2' - align to word boundary |
| 4440 | * '3' - align to doubleword boundary |
| 4441 | * '4' - align to quadword boundary |
| 4442 | * '5' - align to 32 byte boundary |
| 4443 | * '6' - align to 64 byte boundary |
| 4444 | * |
| 4445 | */ |
| 4446 | |
| 4447 | void |
| 4448 | ppc_pe_section (ignore) |
| 4449 | int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 4450 | { |
| 4451 | /* Strip out the section name. */ |
| 4452 | char *section_name; |
| 4453 | char c; |
| 4454 | char *name; |
| 4455 | unsigned int exp; |
| 4456 | flagword flags; |
| 4457 | segT sec; |
| 4458 | int align; |
| 4459 | |
| 4460 | section_name = input_line_pointer; |
| 4461 | c = get_symbol_end (); |
| 4462 | |
| 4463 | name = xmalloc (input_line_pointer - section_name + 1); |
| 4464 | strcpy (name, section_name); |
| 4465 | |
| 4466 | *input_line_pointer = c; |
| 4467 | |
| 4468 | SKIP_WHITESPACE (); |
| 4469 | |
| 4470 | exp = 0; |
| 4471 | flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS; |
| 4472 | |
| 4473 | if (strcmp (name, ".idata$2") == 0) |
| 4474 | { |
| 4475 | align = 0; |
| 4476 | } |
| 4477 | else if (strcmp (name, ".idata$3") == 0) |
| 4478 | { |
| 4479 | align = 0; |
| 4480 | } |
| 4481 | else if (strcmp (name, ".idata$4") == 0) |
| 4482 | { |
| 4483 | align = 2; |
| 4484 | } |
| 4485 | else if (strcmp (name, ".idata$5") == 0) |
| 4486 | { |
| 4487 | align = 2; |
| 4488 | } |
| 4489 | else if (strcmp (name, ".idata$6") == 0) |
| 4490 | { |
| 4491 | align = 1; |
| 4492 | } |
| 4493 | else |
| 4494 | /* Default alignment to 16 byte boundary. */ |
| 4495 | align = 4; |
| 4496 | |
| 4497 | if (*input_line_pointer == ',') |
| 4498 | { |
| 4499 | ++input_line_pointer; |
| 4500 | SKIP_WHITESPACE (); |
| 4501 | if (*input_line_pointer != '"') |
| 4502 | exp = get_absolute_expression (); |
| 4503 | else |
| 4504 | { |
| 4505 | ++input_line_pointer; |
| 4506 | while (*input_line_pointer != '"' |
| 4507 | && ! is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) *input_line_pointer]) |
| 4508 | { |
| 4509 | switch (*input_line_pointer) |
| 4510 | { |
| 4511 | /* Section Contents */ |
| 4512 | case 'a': /* unknown */ |
| 4513 | as_bad (_("Unsupported section attribute -- 'a'")); |
| 4514 | break; |
| 4515 | case 'c': /* code section */ |
| 4516 | flags |= SEC_CODE; |
| 4517 | break; |
| 4518 | case 'd': /* section has initialized data */ |
| 4519 | flags |= SEC_DATA; |
| 4520 | break; |
| 4521 | case 'u': /* section has uninitialized data */ |
| 4522 | /* FIXME: This is IMAGE_SCN_CNT_UNINITIALIZED_DATA |
| 4523 | in winnt.h */ |
| 4524 | flags |= SEC_ROM; |
| 4525 | break; |
| 4526 | case 'i': /* section contains directives (info) */ |
| 4527 | /* FIXME: This is IMAGE_SCN_LNK_INFO |
| 4528 | in winnt.h */ |
| 4529 | flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; |
| 4530 | break; |
| 4531 | case 'n': /* section can be discarded */ |
| 4532 | flags &=~ SEC_LOAD; |
| 4533 | break; |
| 4534 | case 'R': /* Remove section at link time */ |
| 4535 | flags |= SEC_NEVER_LOAD; |
| 4536 | break; |
| 4537 | |
| 4538 | /* Section Protection */ |
| 4539 | case 'r': /* section is readable */ |
| 4540 | flags |= IMAGE_SCN_MEM_READ; |
| 4541 | break; |
| 4542 | case 'w': /* section is writeable */ |
| 4543 | flags |= IMAGE_SCN_MEM_WRITE; |
| 4544 | break; |
| 4545 | case 'x': /* section is executable */ |
| 4546 | flags |= IMAGE_SCN_MEM_EXECUTE; |
| 4547 | break; |
| 4548 | case 's': /* section is sharable */ |
| 4549 | flags |= IMAGE_SCN_MEM_SHARED; |
| 4550 | break; |
| 4551 | |
| 4552 | /* Section Alignment */ |
| 4553 | case '0': /* align to byte boundary */ |
| 4554 | flags |= IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_1BYTES; |
| 4555 | align = 0; |
| 4556 | break; |
| 4557 | case '1': /* align to halfword boundary */ |
| 4558 | flags |= IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_2BYTES; |
| 4559 | align = 1; |
| 4560 | break; |
| 4561 | case '2': /* align to word boundary */ |
| 4562 | flags |= IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_4BYTES; |
| 4563 | align = 2; |
| 4564 | break; |
| 4565 | case '3': /* align to doubleword boundary */ |
| 4566 | flags |= IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_8BYTES; |
| 4567 | align = 3; |
| 4568 | break; |
| 4569 | case '4': /* align to quadword boundary */ |
| 4570 | flags |= IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_16BYTES; |
| 4571 | align = 4; |
| 4572 | break; |
| 4573 | case '5': /* align to 32 byte boundary */ |
| 4574 | flags |= IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_32BYTES; |
| 4575 | align = 5; |
| 4576 | break; |
| 4577 | case '6': /* align to 64 byte boundary */ |
| 4578 | flags |= IMAGE_SCN_ALIGN_64BYTES; |
| 4579 | align = 6; |
| 4580 | break; |
| 4581 | |
| 4582 | default: |
| 4583 | as_bad (_("unknown section attribute '%c'"), |
| 4584 | *input_line_pointer); |
| 4585 | break; |
| 4586 | } |
| 4587 | ++input_line_pointer; |
| 4588 | } |
| 4589 | if (*input_line_pointer == '"') |
| 4590 | ++input_line_pointer; |
| 4591 | } |
| 4592 | } |
| 4593 | |
| 4594 | sec = subseg_new (name, (subsegT) exp); |
| 4595 | |
| 4596 | ppc_set_current_section (sec); |
| 4597 | |
| 4598 | if (flags != SEC_NO_FLAGS) |
| 4599 | { |
| 4600 | if (! bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, sec, flags)) |
| 4601 | as_bad (_("error setting flags for \"%s\": %s"), |
| 4602 | bfd_section_name (stdoutput, sec), |
| 4603 | bfd_errmsg (bfd_get_error ())); |
| 4604 | } |
| 4605 | |
| 4606 | bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, sec, align); |
| 4607 | |
| 4608 | } |
| 4609 | |
| 4610 | static void |
| 4611 | ppc_pe_function (ignore) |
| 4612 | int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 4613 | { |
| 4614 | char *name; |
| 4615 | char endc; |
| 4616 | symbolS *ext_sym; |
| 4617 | |
| 4618 | name = input_line_pointer; |
| 4619 | endc = get_symbol_end (); |
| 4620 | |
| 4621 | ext_sym = symbol_find_or_make (name); |
| 4622 | |
| 4623 | *input_line_pointer = endc; |
| 4624 | |
| 4625 | S_SET_DATA_TYPE (ext_sym, DT_FCN << N_BTSHFT); |
| 4626 | SF_SET_FUNCTION (ext_sym); |
| 4627 | SF_SET_PROCESS (ext_sym); |
| 4628 | coff_add_linesym (ext_sym); |
| 4629 | |
| 4630 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 4631 | } |
| 4632 | |
| 4633 | static void |
| 4634 | ppc_pe_tocd (ignore) |
| 4635 | int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 4636 | { |
| 4637 | if (tocdata_section == 0) |
| 4638 | { |
| 4639 | tocdata_section = subseg_new (".tocd", 0); |
| 4640 | /* FIXME: section flags won't work. */ |
| 4641 | bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, tocdata_section, |
| 4642 | (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_RELOC |
| 4643 | | SEC_READONLY | SEC_DATA)); |
| 4644 | |
| 4645 | bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, tocdata_section, 2); |
| 4646 | } |
| 4647 | else |
| 4648 | { |
| 4649 | rdata_section = subseg_new (".tocd", 0); |
| 4650 | } |
| 4651 | |
| 4652 | ppc_set_current_section (tocdata_section); |
| 4653 | |
| 4654 | demand_empty_rest_of_line (); |
| 4655 | } |
| 4656 | |
| 4657 | /* Don't adjust TOC relocs to use the section symbol. */ |
| 4658 | |
| 4659 | int |
| 4660 | ppc_pe_fix_adjustable (fix) |
| 4661 | fixS *fix; |
| 4662 | { |
| 4663 | return fix->fx_r_type != BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16; |
| 4664 | } |
| 4665 | |
| 4666 | #endif |
| 4667 | \f |
| 4668 | #ifdef OBJ_XCOFF |
| 4669 | |
| 4670 | /* XCOFF specific symbol and file handling. */ |
| 4671 | |
| 4672 | /* Canonicalize the symbol name. We use the to force the suffix, if |
| 4673 | any, to use square brackets, and to be in upper case. */ |
| 4674 | |
| 4675 | char * |
| 4676 | ppc_canonicalize_symbol_name (name) |
| 4677 | char *name; |
| 4678 | { |
| 4679 | char *s; |
| 4680 | |
| 4681 | if (ppc_stab_symbol) |
| 4682 | return name; |
| 4683 | |
| 4684 | for (s = name; *s != '\0' && *s != '{' && *s != '['; s++) |
| 4685 | ; |
| 4686 | if (*s != '\0') |
| 4687 | { |
| 4688 | char brac; |
| 4689 | |
| 4690 | if (*s == '[') |
| 4691 | brac = ']'; |
| 4692 | else |
| 4693 | { |
| 4694 | *s = '['; |
| 4695 | brac = '}'; |
| 4696 | } |
| 4697 | |
| 4698 | for (s++; *s != '\0' && *s != brac; s++) |
| 4699 | *s = TOUPPER (*s); |
| 4700 | |
| 4701 | if (*s == '\0' || s[1] != '\0') |
| 4702 | as_bad (_("bad symbol suffix")); |
| 4703 | |
| 4704 | *s = ']'; |
| 4705 | } |
| 4706 | |
| 4707 | return name; |
| 4708 | } |
| 4709 | |
| 4710 | /* Set the class of a symbol based on the suffix, if any. This is |
| 4711 | called whenever a new symbol is created. */ |
| 4712 | |
| 4713 | void |
| 4714 | ppc_symbol_new_hook (sym) |
| 4715 | symbolS *sym; |
| 4716 | { |
| 4717 | struct ppc_tc_sy *tc; |
| 4718 | const char *s; |
| 4719 | |
| 4720 | tc = symbol_get_tc (sym); |
| 4721 | tc->next = NULL; |
| 4722 | tc->output = 0; |
| 4723 | tc->class = -1; |
| 4724 | tc->real_name = NULL; |
| 4725 | tc->subseg = 0; |
| 4726 | tc->align = 0; |
| 4727 | tc->size = NULL; |
| 4728 | tc->within = NULL; |
| 4729 | |
| 4730 | if (ppc_stab_symbol) |
| 4731 | return; |
| 4732 | |
| 4733 | s = strchr (S_GET_NAME (sym), '['); |
| 4734 | if (s == (const char *) NULL) |
| 4735 | { |
| 4736 | /* There is no suffix. */ |
| 4737 | return; |
| 4738 | } |
| 4739 | |
| 4740 | ++s; |
| 4741 | |
| 4742 | switch (s[0]) |
| 4743 | { |
| 4744 | case 'B': |
| 4745 | if (strcmp (s, "BS]") == 0) |
| 4746 | tc->class = XMC_BS; |
| 4747 | break; |
| 4748 | case 'D': |
| 4749 | if (strcmp (s, "DB]") == 0) |
| 4750 | tc->class = XMC_DB; |
| 4751 | else if (strcmp (s, "DS]") == 0) |
| 4752 | tc->class = XMC_DS; |
| 4753 | break; |
| 4754 | case 'G': |
| 4755 | if (strcmp (s, "GL]") == 0) |
| 4756 | tc->class = XMC_GL; |
| 4757 | break; |
| 4758 | case 'P': |
| 4759 | if (strcmp (s, "PR]") == 0) |
| 4760 | tc->class = XMC_PR; |
| 4761 | break; |
| 4762 | case 'R': |
| 4763 | if (strcmp (s, "RO]") == 0) |
| 4764 | tc->class = XMC_RO; |
| 4765 | else if (strcmp (s, "RW]") == 0) |
| 4766 | tc->class = XMC_RW; |
| 4767 | break; |
| 4768 | case 'S': |
| 4769 | if (strcmp (s, "SV]") == 0) |
| 4770 | tc->class = XMC_SV; |
| 4771 | break; |
| 4772 | case 'T': |
| 4773 | if (strcmp (s, "TC]") == 0) |
| 4774 | tc->class = XMC_TC; |
| 4775 | else if (strcmp (s, "TI]") == 0) |
| 4776 | tc->class = XMC_TI; |
| 4777 | else if (strcmp (s, "TB]") == 0) |
| 4778 | tc->class = XMC_TB; |
| 4779 | else if (strcmp (s, "TC0]") == 0 || strcmp (s, "T0]") == 0) |
| 4780 | tc->class = XMC_TC0; |
| 4781 | break; |
| 4782 | case 'U': |
| 4783 | if (strcmp (s, "UA]") == 0) |
| 4784 | tc->class = XMC_UA; |
| 4785 | else if (strcmp (s, "UC]") == 0) |
| 4786 | tc->class = XMC_UC; |
| 4787 | break; |
| 4788 | case 'X': |
| 4789 | if (strcmp (s, "XO]") == 0) |
| 4790 | tc->class = XMC_XO; |
| 4791 | break; |
| 4792 | } |
| 4793 | |
| 4794 | if (tc->class == -1) |
| 4795 | as_bad (_("Unrecognized symbol suffix")); |
| 4796 | } |
| 4797 | |
| 4798 | /* Set the class of a label based on where it is defined. This |
| 4799 | handles symbols without suffixes. Also, move the symbol so that it |
| 4800 | follows the csect symbol. */ |
| 4801 | |
| 4802 | void |
| 4803 | ppc_frob_label (sym) |
| 4804 | symbolS *sym; |
| 4805 | { |
| 4806 | if (ppc_current_csect != (symbolS *) NULL) |
| 4807 | { |
| 4808 | if (symbol_get_tc (sym)->class == -1) |
| 4809 | symbol_get_tc (sym)->class = symbol_get_tc (ppc_current_csect)->class; |
| 4810 | |
| 4811 | symbol_remove (sym, &symbol_rootP, &symbol_lastP); |
| 4812 | symbol_append (sym, symbol_get_tc (ppc_current_csect)->within, |
| 4813 | &symbol_rootP, &symbol_lastP); |
| 4814 | symbol_get_tc (ppc_current_csect)->within = sym; |
| 4815 | } |
| 4816 | } |
| 4817 | |
| 4818 | /* This variable is set by ppc_frob_symbol if any absolute symbols are |
| 4819 | seen. It tells ppc_adjust_symtab whether it needs to look through |
| 4820 | the symbols. */ |
| 4821 | |
| 4822 | static bfd_boolean ppc_saw_abs; |
| 4823 | |
| 4824 | /* Change the name of a symbol just before writing it out. Set the |
| 4825 | real name if the .rename pseudo-op was used. Otherwise, remove any |
| 4826 | class suffix. Return 1 if the symbol should not be included in the |
| 4827 | symbol table. */ |
| 4828 | |
| 4829 | int |
| 4830 | ppc_frob_symbol (sym) |
| 4831 | symbolS *sym; |
| 4832 | { |
| 4833 | static symbolS *ppc_last_function; |
| 4834 | static symbolS *set_end; |
| 4835 | |
| 4836 | /* Discard symbols that should not be included in the output symbol |
| 4837 | table. */ |
| 4838 | if (! symbol_used_in_reloc_p (sym) |
| 4839 | && ((symbol_get_bfdsym (sym)->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0 |
| 4840 | || (! S_IS_EXTERNAL (sym) |
| 4841 | && ! symbol_get_tc (sym)->output |
| 4842 | && S_GET_STORAGE_CLASS (sym) != C_FILE))) |
| 4843 | return 1; |
| 4844 | |
| 4845 | /* This one will disappear anyway. Don't make a csect sym for it. */ |
| 4846 | if (sym == abs_section_sym) |
| 4847 | return 1; |
| 4848 | |
| 4849 | if (symbol_get_tc (sym)->real_name != (char *) NULL) |
| 4850 | S_SET_NAME (sym, symbol_get_tc (sym)->real_name); |
| 4851 | else |
| 4852 | { |
| 4853 | const char *name; |
| 4854 | const char *s; |
| 4855 | |
| 4856 | name = S_GET_NAME (sym); |
| 4857 | s = strchr (name, '['); |
| 4858 | if (s != (char *) NULL) |
| 4859 | { |
| 4860 | unsigned int len; |
| 4861 | char *snew; |
| 4862 | |
| 4863 | len = s - name; |
| 4864 | snew = xmalloc (len + 1); |
| 4865 | memcpy (snew, name, len); |
| 4866 | snew[len] = '\0'; |
| 4867 | |
| 4868 | S_SET_NAME (sym, snew); |
| 4869 | } |
| 4870 | } |
| 4871 | |
| 4872 | if (set_end != (symbolS *) NULL) |
| 4873 | { |
| 4874 | SA_SET_SYM_ENDNDX (set_end, sym); |
| 4875 | set_end = NULL; |
| 4876 | } |
| 4877 | |
| 4878 | if (SF_GET_FUNCTION (sym)) |
| 4879 | { |
| 4880 | if (ppc_last_function != (symbolS *) NULL) |
| 4881 | as_bad (_("two .function pseudo-ops with no intervening .ef")); |
| 4882 | ppc_last_function = sym; |
| 4883 | if (symbol_get_tc (sym)->size != (symbolS *) NULL) |
| 4884 | { |
| 4885 | resolve_symbol_value (symbol_get_tc (sym)->size); |
| 4886 | SA_SET_SYM_FSIZE (sym, |
| 4887 | (long) S_GET_VALUE (symbol_get_tc (sym)->size)); |
| 4888 | } |
| 4889 | } |
| 4890 | else if (S_GET_STORAGE_CLASS (sym) == C_FCN |
| 4891 | && strcmp (S_GET_NAME (sym), ".ef") == 0) |
| 4892 | { |
| 4893 | if (ppc_last_function == (symbolS *) NULL) |
| 4894 | as_bad (_(".ef with no preceding .function")); |
| 4895 | else |
| 4896 | { |
| 4897 | set_end = ppc_last_function; |
| 4898 | ppc_last_function = NULL; |
| 4899 | |
| 4900 | /* We don't have a C_EFCN symbol, but we need to force the |
| 4901 | COFF backend to believe that it has seen one. */ |
| 4902 | coff_last_function = NULL; |
| 4903 | } |
| 4904 | } |
| 4905 | |
| 4906 | if (! S_IS_EXTERNAL (sym) |
| 4907 | && (symbol_get_bfdsym (sym)->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0 |
| 4908 | && S_GET_STORAGE_CLASS (sym) != C_FILE |
| 4909 | && S_GET_STORAGE_CLASS (sym) != C_FCN |
| 4910 | && S_GET_STORAGE_CLASS (sym) != C_BLOCK |
| 4911 | && S_GET_STORAGE_CLASS (sym) != C_BSTAT |
| 4912 | && S_GET_STORAGE_CLASS (sym) != C_ESTAT |
| 4913 | && S_GET_STORAGE_CLASS (sym) != C_BINCL |
| 4914 | && S_GET_STORAGE_CLASS (sym) != C_EINCL |
| 4915 | && S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) != ppc_coff_debug_section) |
| 4916 | S_SET_STORAGE_CLASS (sym, C_HIDEXT); |
| 4917 | |
| 4918 | if (S_GET_STORAGE_CLASS (sym) == C_EXT |
| 4919 | || S_GET_STORAGE_CLASS (sym) == C_HIDEXT) |
| 4920 | { |
| 4921 | int i; |
| 4922 | union internal_auxent *a; |
| 4923 | |
| 4924 | /* Create a csect aux. */ |
| 4925 | i = S_GET_NUMBER_AUXILIARY (sym); |
| 4926 | S_SET_NUMBER_AUXILIARY (sym, i + 1); |
| 4927 | a = &coffsymbol (symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->native[i + 1].u.auxent; |
| 4928 | if (symbol_get_tc (sym)->class == XMC_TC0) |
| 4929 | { |
| 4930 | /* This is the TOC table. */ |
| 4931 | know (strcmp (S_GET_NAME (sym), "TOC") == 0); |
| 4932 | a->x_csect.x_scnlen.l = 0; |
| 4933 | a->x_csect.x_smtyp = (2 << 3) | XTY_SD; |
| 4934 | } |
| 4935 | else if (symbol_get_tc (sym)->subseg != 0) |
| 4936 | { |
| 4937 | /* This is a csect symbol. x_scnlen is the size of the |
| 4938 | csect. */ |
| 4939 | if (symbol_get_tc (sym)->next == (symbolS *) NULL) |
| 4940 | a->x_csect.x_scnlen.l = (bfd_section_size (stdoutput, |
| 4941 | S_GET_SEGMENT (sym)) |
| 4942 | - S_GET_VALUE (sym)); |
| 4943 | else |
| 4944 | { |
| 4945 | resolve_symbol_value (symbol_get_tc (sym)->next); |
| 4946 | a->x_csect.x_scnlen.l = (S_GET_VALUE (symbol_get_tc (sym)->next) |
| 4947 | - S_GET_VALUE (sym)); |
| 4948 | } |
| 4949 | a->x_csect.x_smtyp = (symbol_get_tc (sym)->align << 3) | XTY_SD; |
| 4950 | } |
| 4951 | else if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == bss_section) |
| 4952 | { |
| 4953 | /* This is a common symbol. */ |
| 4954 | a->x_csect.x_scnlen.l = symbol_get_frag (sym)->fr_offset; |
| 4955 | a->x_csect.x_smtyp = (symbol_get_tc (sym)->align << 3) | XTY_CM; |
| 4956 | if (S_IS_EXTERNAL (sym)) |
| 4957 | symbol_get_tc (sym)->class = XMC_RW; |
| 4958 | else |
| 4959 | symbol_get_tc (sym)->class = XMC_BS; |
| 4960 | } |
| 4961 | else if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == absolute_section) |
| 4962 | { |
| 4963 | /* This is an absolute symbol. The csect will be created by |
| 4964 | ppc_adjust_symtab. */ |
| 4965 | ppc_saw_abs = TRUE; |
| 4966 | a->x_csect.x_smtyp = XTY_LD; |
| 4967 | if (symbol_get_tc (sym)->class == -1) |
| 4968 | symbol_get_tc (sym)->class = XMC_XO; |
| 4969 | } |
| 4970 | else if (! S_IS_DEFINED (sym)) |
| 4971 | { |
| 4972 | /* This is an external symbol. */ |
| 4973 | a->x_csect.x_scnlen.l = 0; |
| 4974 | a->x_csect.x_smtyp = XTY_ER; |
| 4975 | } |
| 4976 | else if (symbol_get_tc (sym)->class == XMC_TC) |
| 4977 | { |
| 4978 | symbolS *next; |
| 4979 | |
| 4980 | /* This is a TOC definition. x_scnlen is the size of the |
| 4981 | TOC entry. */ |
| 4982 | next = symbol_next (sym); |
| 4983 | while (symbol_get_tc (next)->class == XMC_TC0) |
| 4984 | next = symbol_next (next); |
| 4985 | if (next == (symbolS *) NULL |
| 4986 | || symbol_get_tc (next)->class != XMC_TC) |
| 4987 | { |
| 4988 | if (ppc_after_toc_frag == (fragS *) NULL) |
| 4989 | a->x_csect.x_scnlen.l = (bfd_section_size (stdoutput, |
| 4990 | data_section) |
| 4991 | - S_GET_VALUE (sym)); |
| 4992 | else |
| 4993 | a->x_csect.x_scnlen.l = (ppc_after_toc_frag->fr_address |
| 4994 | - S_GET_VALUE (sym)); |
| 4995 | } |
| 4996 | else |
| 4997 | { |
| 4998 | resolve_symbol_value (next); |
| 4999 | a->x_csect.x_scnlen.l = (S_GET_VALUE (next) |
| 5000 | - S_GET_VALUE (sym)); |
| 5001 | } |
| 5002 | a->x_csect.x_smtyp = (2 << 3) | XTY_SD; |
| 5003 | } |
| 5004 | else |
| 5005 | { |
| 5006 | symbolS *csect; |
| 5007 | |
| 5008 | /* This is a normal symbol definition. x_scnlen is the |
| 5009 | symbol index of the containing csect. */ |
| 5010 | if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == text_section) |
| 5011 | csect = ppc_text_csects; |
| 5012 | else if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == data_section) |
| 5013 | csect = ppc_data_csects; |
| 5014 | else |
| 5015 | abort (); |
| 5016 | |
| 5017 | /* Skip the initial dummy symbol. */ |
| 5018 | csect = symbol_get_tc (csect)->next; |
| 5019 | |
| 5020 | if (csect == (symbolS *) NULL) |
| 5021 | { |
| 5022 | as_warn (_("warning: symbol %s has no csect"), S_GET_NAME (sym)); |
| 5023 | a->x_csect.x_scnlen.l = 0; |
| 5024 | } |
| 5025 | else |
| 5026 | { |
| 5027 | while (symbol_get_tc (csect)->next != (symbolS *) NULL) |
| 5028 | { |
| 5029 | resolve_symbol_value (symbol_get_tc (csect)->next); |
| 5030 | if (S_GET_VALUE (symbol_get_tc (csect)->next) |
| 5031 | > S_GET_VALUE (sym)) |
| 5032 | break; |
| 5033 | csect = symbol_get_tc (csect)->next; |
| 5034 | } |
| 5035 | |
| 5036 | a->x_csect.x_scnlen.p = |
| 5037 | coffsymbol (symbol_get_bfdsym (csect))->native; |
| 5038 | coffsymbol (symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->native[i + 1].fix_scnlen = |
| 5039 | 1; |
| 5040 | } |
| 5041 | a->x_csect.x_smtyp = XTY_LD; |
| 5042 | } |
| 5043 | |
| 5044 | a->x_csect.x_parmhash = 0; |
| 5045 | a->x_csect.x_snhash = 0; |
| 5046 | if (symbol_get_tc (sym)->class == -1) |
| 5047 | a->x_csect.x_smclas = XMC_PR; |
| 5048 | else |
| 5049 | a->x_csect.x_smclas = symbol_get_tc (sym)->class; |
| 5050 | a->x_csect.x_stab = 0; |
| 5051 | a->x_csect.x_snstab = 0; |
| 5052 | |
| 5053 | /* Don't let the COFF backend resort these symbols. */ |
| 5054 | symbol_get_bfdsym (sym)->flags |= BSF_NOT_AT_END; |
| 5055 | } |
| 5056 | else if (S_GET_STORAGE_CLASS (sym) == C_BSTAT) |
| 5057 | { |
| 5058 | /* We want the value to be the symbol index of the referenced |
| 5059 | csect symbol. BFD will do that for us if we set the right |
| 5060 | flags. */ |
| 5061 | asymbol *bsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol_get_tc (sym)->within); |
| 5062 | combined_entry_type *c = coffsymbol (bsym)->native; |
| 5063 | |
| 5064 | S_SET_VALUE (sym, (valueT) (size_t) c); |
| 5065 | coffsymbol (symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->native->fix_value = 1; |
| 5066 | } |
| 5067 | else if (S_GET_STORAGE_CLASS (sym) == C_STSYM) |
| 5068 | { |
| 5069 | symbolS *block; |
| 5070 | symbolS *csect; |
| 5071 | |
| 5072 | /* The value is the offset from the enclosing csect. */ |
| 5073 | block = symbol_get_tc (sym)->within; |
| 5074 | csect = symbol_get_tc (block)->within; |
| 5075 | resolve_symbol_value (csect); |
| 5076 | S_SET_VALUE (sym, S_GET_VALUE (sym) - S_GET_VALUE (csect)); |
| 5077 | } |
| 5078 | else if (S_GET_STORAGE_CLASS (sym) == C_BINCL |
| 5079 | || S_GET_STORAGE_CLASS (sym) == C_EINCL) |
| 5080 | { |
| 5081 | /* We want the value to be a file offset into the line numbers. |
| 5082 | BFD will do that for us if we set the right flags. We have |
| 5083 | already set the value correctly. */ |
| 5084 | coffsymbol (symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->native->fix_line = 1; |
| 5085 | } |
| 5086 | |
| 5087 | return 0; |
| 5088 | } |
| 5089 | |
| 5090 | /* Adjust the symbol table. This creates csect symbols for all |
| 5091 | absolute symbols. */ |
| 5092 | |
| 5093 | void |
| 5094 | ppc_adjust_symtab () |
| 5095 | { |
| 5096 | symbolS *sym; |
| 5097 | |
| 5098 | if (! ppc_saw_abs) |
| 5099 | return; |
| 5100 | |
| 5101 | for (sym = symbol_rootP; sym != NULL; sym = symbol_next (sym)) |
| 5102 | { |
| 5103 | symbolS *csect; |
| 5104 | int i; |
| 5105 | union internal_auxent *a; |
| 5106 | |
| 5107 | if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) != absolute_section) |
| 5108 | continue; |
| 5109 | |
| 5110 | csect = symbol_create (".abs[XO]", absolute_section, |
| 5111 | S_GET_VALUE (sym), &zero_address_frag); |
| 5112 | symbol_get_bfdsym (csect)->value = S_GET_VALUE (sym); |
| 5113 | S_SET_STORAGE_CLASS (csect, C_HIDEXT); |
| 5114 | i = S_GET_NUMBER_AUXILIARY (csect); |
| 5115 | S_SET_NUMBER_AUXILIARY (csect, i + 1); |
| 5116 | a = &coffsymbol (symbol_get_bfdsym (csect))->native[i + 1].u.auxent; |
| 5117 | a->x_csect.x_scnlen.l = 0; |
| 5118 | a->x_csect.x_smtyp = XTY_SD; |
| 5119 | a->x_csect.x_parmhash = 0; |
| 5120 | a->x_csect.x_snhash = 0; |
| 5121 | a->x_csect.x_smclas = XMC_XO; |
| 5122 | a->x_csect.x_stab = 0; |
| 5123 | a->x_csect.x_snstab = 0; |
| 5124 | |
| 5125 | symbol_insert (csect, sym, &symbol_rootP, &symbol_lastP); |
| 5126 | |
| 5127 | i = S_GET_NUMBER_AUXILIARY (sym); |
| 5128 | a = &coffsymbol (symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->native[i].u.auxent; |
| 5129 | a->x_csect.x_scnlen.p = coffsymbol (symbol_get_bfdsym (csect))->native; |
| 5130 | coffsymbol (symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->native[i].fix_scnlen = 1; |
| 5131 | } |
| 5132 | |
| 5133 | ppc_saw_abs = FALSE; |
| 5134 | } |
| 5135 | |
| 5136 | /* Set the VMA for a section. This is called on all the sections in |
| 5137 | turn. */ |
| 5138 | |
| 5139 | void |
| 5140 | ppc_frob_section (sec) |
| 5141 | asection *sec; |
| 5142 | { |
| 5143 | static bfd_vma vma = 0; |
| 5144 | |
| 5145 | vma = md_section_align (sec, vma); |
| 5146 | bfd_set_section_vma (stdoutput, sec, vma); |
| 5147 | vma += bfd_section_size (stdoutput, sec); |
| 5148 | } |
| 5149 | |
| 5150 | #endif /* OBJ_XCOFF */ |
| 5151 | \f |
| 5152 | /* Turn a string in input_line_pointer into a floating point constant |
| 5153 | of type TYPE, and store the appropriate bytes in *LITP. The number |
| 5154 | of LITTLENUMS emitted is stored in *SIZEP. An error message is |
| 5155 | returned, or NULL on OK. */ |
| 5156 | |
| 5157 | char * |
| 5158 | md_atof (type, litp, sizep) |
| 5159 | int type; |
| 5160 | char *litp; |
| 5161 | int *sizep; |
| 5162 | { |
| 5163 | int prec; |
| 5164 | LITTLENUM_TYPE words[4]; |
| 5165 | char *t; |
| 5166 | int i; |
| 5167 | |
| 5168 | switch (type) |
| 5169 | { |
| 5170 | case 'f': |
| 5171 | prec = 2; |
| 5172 | break; |
| 5173 | |
| 5174 | case 'd': |
| 5175 | prec = 4; |
| 5176 | break; |
| 5177 | |
| 5178 | default: |
| 5179 | *sizep = 0; |
| 5180 | return _("bad call to md_atof"); |
| 5181 | } |
| 5182 | |
| 5183 | t = atof_ieee (input_line_pointer, type, words); |
| 5184 | if (t) |
| 5185 | input_line_pointer = t; |
| 5186 | |
| 5187 | *sizep = prec * 2; |
| 5188 | |
| 5189 | if (target_big_endian) |
| 5190 | { |
| 5191 | for (i = 0; i < prec; i++) |
| 5192 | { |
| 5193 | md_number_to_chars (litp, (valueT) words[i], 2); |
| 5194 | litp += 2; |
| 5195 | } |
| 5196 | } |
| 5197 | else |
| 5198 | { |
| 5199 | for (i = prec - 1; i >= 0; i--) |
| 5200 | { |
| 5201 | md_number_to_chars (litp, (valueT) words[i], 2); |
| 5202 | litp += 2; |
| 5203 | } |
| 5204 | } |
| 5205 | |
| 5206 | return NULL; |
| 5207 | } |
| 5208 | |
| 5209 | /* Write a value out to the object file, using the appropriate |
| 5210 | endianness. */ |
| 5211 | |
| 5212 | void |
| 5213 | md_number_to_chars (buf, val, n) |
| 5214 | char *buf; |
| 5215 | valueT val; |
| 5216 | int n; |
| 5217 | { |
| 5218 | if (target_big_endian) |
| 5219 | number_to_chars_bigendian (buf, val, n); |
| 5220 | else |
| 5221 | number_to_chars_littleendian (buf, val, n); |
| 5222 | } |
| 5223 | |
| 5224 | /* Align a section (I don't know why this is machine dependent). */ |
| 5225 | |
| 5226 | valueT |
| 5227 | md_section_align (seg, addr) |
| 5228 | asection *seg; |
| 5229 | valueT addr; |
| 5230 | { |
| 5231 | int align = bfd_get_section_alignment (stdoutput, seg); |
| 5232 | |
| 5233 | return ((addr + (1 << align) - 1) & (-1 << align)); |
| 5234 | } |
| 5235 | |
| 5236 | /* We don't have any form of relaxing. */ |
| 5237 | |
| 5238 | int |
| 5239 | md_estimate_size_before_relax (fragp, seg) |
| 5240 | fragS *fragp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 5241 | asection *seg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 5242 | { |
| 5243 | abort (); |
| 5244 | return 0; |
| 5245 | } |
| 5246 | |
| 5247 | /* Convert a machine dependent frag. We never generate these. */ |
| 5248 | |
| 5249 | void |
| 5250 | md_convert_frag (abfd, sec, fragp) |
| 5251 | bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 5252 | asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 5253 | fragS *fragp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 5254 | { |
| 5255 | abort (); |
| 5256 | } |
| 5257 | |
| 5258 | /* We have no need to default values of symbols. */ |
| 5259 | |
| 5260 | symbolS * |
| 5261 | md_undefined_symbol (name) |
| 5262 | char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 5263 | { |
| 5264 | return 0; |
| 5265 | } |
| 5266 | \f |
| 5267 | /* Functions concerning relocs. */ |
| 5268 | |
| 5269 | /* The location from which a PC relative jump should be calculated, |
| 5270 | given a PC relative reloc. */ |
| 5271 | |
| 5272 | long |
| 5273 | md_pcrel_from_section (fixp, sec) |
| 5274 | fixS *fixp; |
| 5275 | segT sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 5276 | { |
| 5277 | return fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where; |
| 5278 | } |
| 5279 | |
| 5280 | #ifdef OBJ_XCOFF |
| 5281 | |
| 5282 | /* This is called to see whether a fixup should be adjusted to use a |
| 5283 | section symbol. We take the opportunity to change a fixup against |
| 5284 | a symbol in the TOC subsegment into a reloc against the |
| 5285 | corresponding .tc symbol. */ |
| 5286 | |
| 5287 | int |
| 5288 | ppc_fix_adjustable (fix) |
| 5289 | fixS *fix; |
| 5290 | { |
| 5291 | valueT val = resolve_symbol_value (fix->fx_addsy); |
| 5292 | segT symseg = S_GET_SEGMENT (fix->fx_addsy); |
| 5293 | TC_SYMFIELD_TYPE *tc; |
| 5294 | |
| 5295 | if (symseg == absolute_section) |
| 5296 | return 0; |
| 5297 | |
| 5298 | if (ppc_toc_csect != (symbolS *) NULL |
| 5299 | && fix->fx_addsy != ppc_toc_csect |
| 5300 | && symseg == data_section |
| 5301 | && val >= ppc_toc_frag->fr_address |
| 5302 | && (ppc_after_toc_frag == (fragS *) NULL |
| 5303 | || val < ppc_after_toc_frag->fr_address)) |
| 5304 | { |
| 5305 | symbolS *sy; |
| 5306 | |
| 5307 | for (sy = symbol_next (ppc_toc_csect); |
| 5308 | sy != (symbolS *) NULL; |
| 5309 | sy = symbol_next (sy)) |
| 5310 | { |
| 5311 | TC_SYMFIELD_TYPE *sy_tc = symbol_get_tc (sy); |
| 5312 | |
| 5313 | if (sy_tc->class == XMC_TC0) |
| 5314 | continue; |
| 5315 | if (sy_tc->class != XMC_TC) |
| 5316 | break; |
| 5317 | if (val == resolve_symbol_value (sy)) |
| 5318 | { |
| 5319 | fix->fx_addsy = sy; |
| 5320 | fix->fx_addnumber = val - ppc_toc_frag->fr_address; |
| 5321 | return 0; |
| 5322 | } |
| 5323 | } |
| 5324 | |
| 5325 | as_bad_where (fix->fx_file, fix->fx_line, |
| 5326 | _("symbol in .toc does not match any .tc")); |
| 5327 | } |
| 5328 | |
| 5329 | /* Possibly adjust the reloc to be against the csect. */ |
| 5330 | tc = symbol_get_tc (fix->fx_addsy); |
| 5331 | if (tc->subseg == 0 |
| 5332 | && tc->class != XMC_TC0 |
| 5333 | && tc->class != XMC_TC |
| 5334 | && symseg != bss_section |
| 5335 | /* Don't adjust if this is a reloc in the toc section. */ |
| 5336 | && (symseg != data_section |
| 5337 | || ppc_toc_csect == NULL |
| 5338 | || val < ppc_toc_frag->fr_address |
| 5339 | || (ppc_after_toc_frag != NULL |
| 5340 | && val >= ppc_after_toc_frag->fr_address))) |
| 5341 | { |
| 5342 | symbolS *csect; |
| 5343 | symbolS *next_csect; |
| 5344 | |
| 5345 | if (symseg == text_section) |
| 5346 | csect = ppc_text_csects; |
| 5347 | else if (symseg == data_section) |
| 5348 | csect = ppc_data_csects; |
| 5349 | else |
| 5350 | abort (); |
| 5351 | |
| 5352 | /* Skip the initial dummy symbol. */ |
| 5353 | csect = symbol_get_tc (csect)->next; |
| 5354 | |
| 5355 | if (csect != (symbolS *) NULL) |
| 5356 | { |
| 5357 | while ((next_csect = symbol_get_tc (csect)->next) != (symbolS *) NULL |
| 5358 | && (symbol_get_frag (next_csect)->fr_address <= val)) |
| 5359 | { |
| 5360 | /* If the csect address equals the symbol value, then we |
| 5361 | have to look through the full symbol table to see |
| 5362 | whether this is the csect we want. Note that we will |
| 5363 | only get here if the csect has zero length. */ |
| 5364 | if (symbol_get_frag (csect)->fr_address == val |
| 5365 | && S_GET_VALUE (csect) == val) |
| 5366 | { |
| 5367 | symbolS *scan; |
| 5368 | |
| 5369 | for (scan = symbol_next (csect); |
| 5370 | scan != NULL; |
| 5371 | scan = symbol_next (scan)) |
| 5372 | { |
| 5373 | if (symbol_get_tc (scan)->subseg != 0) |
| 5374 | break; |
| 5375 | if (scan == fix->fx_addsy) |
| 5376 | break; |
| 5377 | } |
| 5378 | |
| 5379 | /* If we found the symbol before the next csect |
| 5380 | symbol, then this is the csect we want. */ |
| 5381 | if (scan == fix->fx_addsy) |
| 5382 | break; |
| 5383 | } |
| 5384 | |
| 5385 | csect = next_csect; |
| 5386 | } |
| 5387 | |
| 5388 | fix->fx_offset += val - symbol_get_frag (csect)->fr_address; |
| 5389 | fix->fx_addsy = csect; |
| 5390 | } |
| 5391 | return 0; |
| 5392 | } |
| 5393 | |
| 5394 | /* Adjust a reloc against a .lcomm symbol to be against the base |
| 5395 | .lcomm. */ |
| 5396 | if (symseg == bss_section |
| 5397 | && ! S_IS_EXTERNAL (fix->fx_addsy)) |
| 5398 | { |
| 5399 | symbolS *sy = symbol_get_frag (fix->fx_addsy)->fr_symbol; |
| 5400 | |
| 5401 | fix->fx_offset += val - resolve_symbol_value (sy); |
| 5402 | fix->fx_addsy = sy; |
| 5403 | } |
| 5404 | |
| 5405 | return 0; |
| 5406 | } |
| 5407 | |
| 5408 | /* A reloc from one csect to another must be kept. The assembler |
| 5409 | will, of course, keep relocs between sections, and it will keep |
| 5410 | absolute relocs, but we need to force it to keep PC relative relocs |
| 5411 | between two csects in the same section. */ |
| 5412 | |
| 5413 | int |
| 5414 | ppc_force_relocation (fix) |
| 5415 | fixS *fix; |
| 5416 | { |
| 5417 | /* At this point fix->fx_addsy should already have been converted to |
| 5418 | a csect symbol. If the csect does not include the fragment, then |
| 5419 | we need to force the relocation. */ |
| 5420 | if (fix->fx_pcrel |
| 5421 | && fix->fx_addsy != NULL |
| 5422 | && symbol_get_tc (fix->fx_addsy)->subseg != 0 |
| 5423 | && ((symbol_get_frag (fix->fx_addsy)->fr_address |
| 5424 | > fix->fx_frag->fr_address) |
| 5425 | || (symbol_get_tc (fix->fx_addsy)->next != NULL |
| 5426 | && (symbol_get_frag (symbol_get_tc (fix->fx_addsy)->next)->fr_address |
| 5427 | <= fix->fx_frag->fr_address)))) |
| 5428 | return 1; |
| 5429 | |
| 5430 | return generic_force_reloc (fix); |
| 5431 | } |
| 5432 | |
| 5433 | #endif /* OBJ_XCOFF */ |
| 5434 | |
| 5435 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 5436 | /* If this function returns non-zero, it guarantees that a relocation |
| 5437 | will be emitted for a fixup. */ |
| 5438 | |
| 5439 | int |
| 5440 | ppc_force_relocation (fix) |
| 5441 | fixS *fix; |
| 5442 | { |
| 5443 | /* Branch prediction relocations must force a relocation, as must |
| 5444 | the vtable description relocs. */ |
| 5445 | switch (fix->fx_r_type) |
| 5446 | { |
| 5447 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRTAKEN: |
| 5448 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRNTAKEN: |
| 5449 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRTAKEN: |
| 5450 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRNTAKEN: |
| 5451 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC: |
| 5452 | return 1; |
| 5453 | default: |
| 5454 | break; |
| 5455 | } |
| 5456 | |
| 5457 | if (fix->fx_r_type >= BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLS |
| 5458 | && fix->fx_r_type <= BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA) |
| 5459 | return 1; |
| 5460 | |
| 5461 | return generic_force_reloc (fix); |
| 5462 | } |
| 5463 | |
| 5464 | int |
| 5465 | ppc_fix_adjustable (fix) |
| 5466 | fixS *fix; |
| 5467 | { |
| 5468 | return (fix->fx_r_type != BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF |
| 5469 | && fix->fx_r_type != BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF |
| 5470 | && fix->fx_r_type != BFD_RELOC_HI16_GOTOFF |
| 5471 | && fix->fx_r_type != BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_GOTOFF |
| 5472 | && fix->fx_r_type != BFD_RELOC_GPREL16 |
| 5473 | && fix->fx_r_type != BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT |
| 5474 | && fix->fx_r_type != BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY |
| 5475 | && !(fix->fx_r_type >= BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLS |
| 5476 | && fix->fx_r_type <= BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA) |
| 5477 | && (fix->fx_pcrel |
| 5478 | || (fix->fx_subsy != NULL |
| 5479 | && (S_GET_SEGMENT (fix->fx_subsy) |
| 5480 | == S_GET_SEGMENT (fix->fx_addsy))) |
| 5481 | || S_IS_LOCAL (fix->fx_addsy))); |
| 5482 | } |
| 5483 | #endif |
| 5484 | |
| 5485 | /* Apply a fixup to the object code. This is called for all the |
| 5486 | fixups we generated by the call to fix_new_exp, above. In the call |
| 5487 | above we used a reloc code which was the largest legal reloc code |
| 5488 | plus the operand index. Here we undo that to recover the operand |
| 5489 | index. At this point all symbol values should be fully resolved, |
| 5490 | and we attempt to completely resolve the reloc. If we can not do |
| 5491 | that, we determine the correct reloc code and put it back in the |
| 5492 | fixup. */ |
| 5493 | |
| 5494 | void |
| 5495 | md_apply_fix3 (fixP, valP, seg) |
| 5496 | fixS *fixP; |
| 5497 | valueT * valP; |
| 5498 | segT seg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 5499 | { |
| 5500 | valueT value = * valP; |
| 5501 | |
| 5502 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 5503 | if (fixP->fx_addsy != NULL) |
| 5504 | { |
| 5505 | /* Hack around bfd_install_relocation brain damage. */ |
| 5506 | if (fixP->fx_pcrel) |
| 5507 | value += fixP->fx_frag->fr_address + fixP->fx_where; |
| 5508 | } |
| 5509 | else |
| 5510 | fixP->fx_done = 1; |
| 5511 | #else |
| 5512 | /* FIXME FIXME FIXME: The value we are passed in *valP includes |
| 5513 | the symbol values. Since we are using BFD_ASSEMBLER, if we are |
| 5514 | doing this relocation the code in write.c is going to call |
| 5515 | bfd_install_relocation, which is also going to use the symbol |
| 5516 | value. That means that if the reloc is fully resolved we want to |
| 5517 | use *valP since bfd_install_relocation is not being used. |
| 5518 | However, if the reloc is not fully resolved we do not want to use |
| 5519 | *valP, and must use fx_offset instead. However, if the reloc |
| 5520 | is PC relative, we do want to use *valP since it includes the |
| 5521 | result of md_pcrel_from. This is confusing. */ |
| 5522 | if (fixP->fx_addsy == (symbolS *) NULL) |
| 5523 | fixP->fx_done = 1; |
| 5524 | |
| 5525 | else if (fixP->fx_pcrel) |
| 5526 | ; |
| 5527 | |
| 5528 | else |
| 5529 | value = fixP->fx_offset; |
| 5530 | #endif |
| 5531 | |
| 5532 | if (fixP->fx_subsy != (symbolS *) NULL) |
| 5533 | { |
| 5534 | /* We can't actually support subtracting a symbol. */ |
| 5535 | as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line, _("expression too complex")); |
| 5536 | } |
| 5537 | |
| 5538 | if ((int) fixP->fx_r_type >= (int) BFD_RELOC_UNUSED) |
| 5539 | { |
| 5540 | int opindex; |
| 5541 | const struct powerpc_operand *operand; |
| 5542 | char *where; |
| 5543 | unsigned long insn; |
| 5544 | |
| 5545 | opindex = (int) fixP->fx_r_type - (int) BFD_RELOC_UNUSED; |
| 5546 | |
| 5547 | operand = &powerpc_operands[opindex]; |
| 5548 | |
| 5549 | #ifdef OBJ_XCOFF |
| 5550 | /* An instruction like `lwz 9,sym(30)' when `sym' is not a TOC symbol |
| 5551 | does not generate a reloc. It uses the offset of `sym' within its |
| 5552 | csect. Other usages, such as `.long sym', generate relocs. This |
| 5553 | is the documented behaviour of non-TOC symbols. */ |
| 5554 | if ((operand->flags & PPC_OPERAND_PARENS) != 0 |
| 5555 | && operand->bits == 16 |
| 5556 | && operand->shift == 0 |
| 5557 | && (operand->insert == NULL || ppc_obj64) |
| 5558 | && fixP->fx_addsy != NULL |
| 5559 | && symbol_get_tc (fixP->fx_addsy)->subseg != 0 |
| 5560 | && symbol_get_tc (fixP->fx_addsy)->class != XMC_TC |
| 5561 | && symbol_get_tc (fixP->fx_addsy)->class != XMC_TC0 |
| 5562 | && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) != bss_section) |
| 5563 | { |
| 5564 | value = fixP->fx_offset; |
| 5565 | fixP->fx_done = 1; |
| 5566 | } |
| 5567 | #endif |
| 5568 | |
| 5569 | /* Fetch the instruction, insert the fully resolved operand |
| 5570 | value, and stuff the instruction back again. */ |
| 5571 | where = fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where; |
| 5572 | if (target_big_endian) |
| 5573 | insn = bfd_getb32 ((unsigned char *) where); |
| 5574 | else |
| 5575 | insn = bfd_getl32 ((unsigned char *) where); |
| 5576 | insn = ppc_insert_operand (insn, operand, (offsetT) value, |
| 5577 | fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); |
| 5578 | if (target_big_endian) |
| 5579 | bfd_putb32 ((bfd_vma) insn, (unsigned char *) where); |
| 5580 | else |
| 5581 | bfd_putl32 ((bfd_vma) insn, (unsigned char *) where); |
| 5582 | |
| 5583 | if (fixP->fx_done) |
| 5584 | /* Nothing else to do here. */ |
| 5585 | return; |
| 5586 | |
| 5587 | assert (fixP->fx_addsy != NULL); |
| 5588 | |
| 5589 | /* Determine a BFD reloc value based on the operand information. |
| 5590 | We are only prepared to turn a few of the operands into |
| 5591 | relocs. */ |
| 5592 | if ((operand->flags & PPC_OPERAND_RELATIVE) != 0 |
| 5593 | && operand->bits == 26 |
| 5594 | && operand->shift == 0) |
| 5595 | fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_PPC_B26; |
| 5596 | else if ((operand->flags & PPC_OPERAND_RELATIVE) != 0 |
| 5597 | && operand->bits == 16 |
| 5598 | && operand->shift == 0) |
| 5599 | { |
| 5600 | fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16; |
| 5601 | #ifdef OBJ_XCOFF |
| 5602 | fixP->fx_size = 2; |
| 5603 | if (target_big_endian) |
| 5604 | fixP->fx_where += 2; |
| 5605 | #endif |
| 5606 | } |
| 5607 | else if ((operand->flags & PPC_OPERAND_ABSOLUTE) != 0 |
| 5608 | && operand->bits == 26 |
| 5609 | && operand->shift == 0) |
| 5610 | fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA26; |
| 5611 | else if ((operand->flags & PPC_OPERAND_ABSOLUTE) != 0 |
| 5612 | && operand->bits == 16 |
| 5613 | && operand->shift == 0) |
| 5614 | { |
| 5615 | fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16; |
| 5616 | #ifdef OBJ_XCOFF |
| 5617 | fixP->fx_size = 2; |
| 5618 | if (target_big_endian) |
| 5619 | fixP->fx_where += 2; |
| 5620 | #endif |
| 5621 | } |
| 5622 | #if defined (OBJ_XCOFF) || defined (OBJ_ELF) |
| 5623 | else if ((operand->flags & PPC_OPERAND_PARENS) != 0 |
| 5624 | && operand->bits == 16 |
| 5625 | && operand->shift == 0) |
| 5626 | { |
| 5627 | if (ppc_is_toc_sym (fixP->fx_addsy)) |
| 5628 | { |
| 5629 | fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16; |
| 5630 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 5631 | if (ppc_obj64 |
| 5632 | && (operand->flags & PPC_OPERAND_DS) != 0) |
| 5633 | fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_DS; |
| 5634 | #endif |
| 5635 | } |
| 5636 | else |
| 5637 | { |
| 5638 | fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_16; |
| 5639 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 5640 | if (ppc_obj64 |
| 5641 | && (operand->flags & PPC_OPERAND_DS) != 0) |
| 5642 | fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_DS; |
| 5643 | #endif |
| 5644 | } |
| 5645 | fixP->fx_size = 2; |
| 5646 | if (target_big_endian) |
| 5647 | fixP->fx_where += 2; |
| 5648 | } |
| 5649 | #endif /* defined (OBJ_XCOFF) || defined (OBJ_ELF) */ |
| 5650 | else |
| 5651 | { |
| 5652 | char *sfile; |
| 5653 | unsigned int sline; |
| 5654 | |
| 5655 | /* Use expr_symbol_where to see if this is an expression |
| 5656 | symbol. */ |
| 5657 | if (expr_symbol_where (fixP->fx_addsy, &sfile, &sline)) |
| 5658 | as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line, |
| 5659 | _("unresolved expression that must be resolved")); |
| 5660 | else |
| 5661 | as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line, |
| 5662 | _("unsupported relocation against %s"), |
| 5663 | S_GET_NAME (fixP->fx_addsy)); |
| 5664 | fixP->fx_done = 1; |
| 5665 | return; |
| 5666 | } |
| 5667 | } |
| 5668 | else |
| 5669 | { |
| 5670 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 5671 | ppc_elf_validate_fix (fixP, seg); |
| 5672 | #endif |
| 5673 | switch (fixP->fx_r_type) |
| 5674 | { |
| 5675 | case BFD_RELOC_CTOR: |
| 5676 | if (ppc_obj64) |
| 5677 | goto ctor64; |
| 5678 | /* fall through */ |
| 5679 | |
| 5680 | case BFD_RELOC_32: |
| 5681 | if (fixP->fx_pcrel) |
| 5682 | fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL; |
| 5683 | /* fall through */ |
| 5684 | |
| 5685 | case BFD_RELOC_RVA: |
| 5686 | case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL: |
| 5687 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR32: |
| 5688 | md_number_to_chars (fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where, |
| 5689 | value, 4); |
| 5690 | break; |
| 5691 | |
| 5692 | case BFD_RELOC_64: |
| 5693 | ctor64: |
| 5694 | if (fixP->fx_pcrel) |
| 5695 | fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL; |
| 5696 | /* fall through */ |
| 5697 | |
| 5698 | case BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL: |
| 5699 | md_number_to_chars (fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where, |
| 5700 | value, 8); |
| 5701 | break; |
| 5702 | |
| 5703 | case BFD_RELOC_LO16: |
| 5704 | case BFD_RELOC_16: |
| 5705 | case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16: |
| 5706 | case BFD_RELOC_16_GOT_PCREL: |
| 5707 | case BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF: |
| 5708 | case BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF: |
| 5709 | case BFD_RELOC_HI16_GOTOFF: |
| 5710 | case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_GOTOFF: |
| 5711 | case BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL: |
| 5712 | case BFD_RELOC_LO16_BASEREL: |
| 5713 | case BFD_RELOC_HI16_BASEREL: |
| 5714 | case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_BASEREL: |
| 5715 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16: |
| 5716 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO: |
| 5717 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI: |
| 5718 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA: |
| 5719 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDAI16: |
| 5720 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL: |
| 5721 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16: |
| 5722 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16: |
| 5723 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO: |
| 5724 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI: |
| 5725 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA: |
| 5726 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSDA: |
| 5727 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16: |
| 5728 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 5729 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_LO: |
| 5730 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_HI: |
| 5731 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_HA: |
| 5732 | #endif |
| 5733 | if (fixP->fx_pcrel) |
| 5734 | { |
| 5735 | if (fixP->fx_addsy != NULL) |
| 5736 | as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line, |
| 5737 | _("cannot emit PC relative %s relocation against %s"), |
| 5738 | bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixP->fx_r_type), |
| 5739 | S_GET_NAME (fixP->fx_addsy)); |
| 5740 | else |
| 5741 | as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line, |
| 5742 | _("cannot emit PC relative %s relocation"), |
| 5743 | bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixP->fx_r_type)); |
| 5744 | } |
| 5745 | |
| 5746 | md_number_to_chars (fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where, |
| 5747 | value, 2); |
| 5748 | break; |
| 5749 | |
| 5750 | /* This case happens when you write, for example, |
| 5751 | lis %r3,(L1-L2)@ha |
| 5752 | where L1 and L2 are defined later. */ |
| 5753 | case BFD_RELOC_HI16: |
| 5754 | if (fixP->fx_pcrel) |
| 5755 | abort (); |
| 5756 | md_number_to_chars (fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where, |
| 5757 | PPC_HI (value), 2); |
| 5758 | break; |
| 5759 | |
| 5760 | case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S: |
| 5761 | if (fixP->fx_pcrel) |
| 5762 | abort (); |
| 5763 | md_number_to_chars (fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where, |
| 5764 | PPC_HA (value), 2); |
| 5765 | break; |
| 5766 | |
| 5767 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 5768 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHER: |
| 5769 | if (fixP->fx_pcrel) |
| 5770 | abort (); |
| 5771 | md_number_to_chars (fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where, |
| 5772 | PPC_HIGHER (value), 2); |
| 5773 | break; |
| 5774 | |
| 5775 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHER_S: |
| 5776 | if (fixP->fx_pcrel) |
| 5777 | abort (); |
| 5778 | md_number_to_chars (fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where, |
| 5779 | PPC_HIGHERA (value), 2); |
| 5780 | break; |
| 5781 | |
| 5782 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHEST: |
| 5783 | if (fixP->fx_pcrel) |
| 5784 | abort (); |
| 5785 | md_number_to_chars (fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where, |
| 5786 | PPC_HIGHEST (value), 2); |
| 5787 | break; |
| 5788 | |
| 5789 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHEST_S: |
| 5790 | if (fixP->fx_pcrel) |
| 5791 | abort (); |
| 5792 | md_number_to_chars (fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where, |
| 5793 | PPC_HIGHESTA (value), 2); |
| 5794 | break; |
| 5795 | |
| 5796 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_DS: |
| 5797 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS: |
| 5798 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_DS: |
| 5799 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS: |
| 5800 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS: |
| 5801 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS: |
| 5802 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS: |
| 5803 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_DS: |
| 5804 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS: |
| 5805 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS: |
| 5806 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS: |
| 5807 | if (fixP->fx_pcrel) |
| 5808 | abort (); |
| 5809 | { |
| 5810 | unsigned char *where = fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where; |
| 5811 | unsigned long val, mask; |
| 5812 | |
| 5813 | if (target_big_endian) |
| 5814 | val = bfd_getb32 (where - 2); |
| 5815 | else |
| 5816 | val = bfd_getl32 (where); |
| 5817 | mask = 0xfffc; |
| 5818 | /* lq insns reserve the four lsbs. */ |
| 5819 | if ((ppc_cpu & PPC_OPCODE_POWER4) != 0 |
| 5820 | && (val & (0x3f << 26)) == (56u << 26)) |
| 5821 | mask = 0xfff0; |
| 5822 | val |= value & mask; |
| 5823 | if (target_big_endian) |
| 5824 | bfd_putb16 ((bfd_vma) val, where); |
| 5825 | else |
| 5826 | bfd_putl16 ((bfd_vma) val, where); |
| 5827 | } |
| 5828 | break; |
| 5829 | |
| 5830 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRTAKEN: |
| 5831 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRNTAKEN: |
| 5832 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRTAKEN: |
| 5833 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRNTAKEN: |
| 5834 | break; |
| 5835 | |
| 5836 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLS: |
| 5837 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPMOD: |
| 5838 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16: |
| 5839 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_LO: |
| 5840 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HI: |
| 5841 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HA: |
| 5842 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL: |
| 5843 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16: |
| 5844 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_LO: |
| 5845 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HI: |
| 5846 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HA: |
| 5847 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL: |
| 5848 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16: |
| 5849 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: |
| 5850 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI: |
| 5851 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: |
| 5852 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16: |
| 5853 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: |
| 5854 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI: |
| 5855 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: |
| 5856 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16: |
| 5857 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO: |
| 5858 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI: |
| 5859 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA: |
| 5860 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16: |
| 5861 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO: |
| 5862 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI: |
| 5863 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA: |
| 5864 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_DS: |
| 5865 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS: |
| 5866 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER: |
| 5867 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA: |
| 5868 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST: |
| 5869 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA: |
| 5870 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS: |
| 5871 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS: |
| 5872 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER: |
| 5873 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA: |
| 5874 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST: |
| 5875 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA: |
| 5876 | break; |
| 5877 | #endif |
| 5878 | /* Because SDA21 modifies the register field, the size is set to 4 |
| 5879 | bytes, rather than 2, so offset it here appropriately. */ |
| 5880 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA21: |
| 5881 | if (fixP->fx_pcrel) |
| 5882 | abort (); |
| 5883 | |
| 5884 | md_number_to_chars (fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where |
| 5885 | + ((target_big_endian) ? 2 : 0), |
| 5886 | value, 2); |
| 5887 | break; |
| 5888 | |
| 5889 | case BFD_RELOC_8: |
| 5890 | if (fixP->fx_pcrel) |
| 5891 | { |
| 5892 | /* This can occur if there is a bug in the input assembler, eg: |
| 5893 | ".byte <undefined_symbol> - ." */ |
| 5894 | if (fixP->fx_addsy) |
| 5895 | as_bad (_("Unable to handle reference to symbol %s"), |
| 5896 | S_GET_NAME (fixP->fx_addsy)); |
| 5897 | else |
| 5898 | as_bad (_("Unable to resolve expression")); |
| 5899 | fixP->fx_done = 1; |
| 5900 | } |
| 5901 | else |
| 5902 | md_number_to_chars (fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where, |
| 5903 | value, 1); |
| 5904 | break; |
| 5905 | |
| 5906 | case BFD_RELOC_24_PLT_PCREL: |
| 5907 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC_LOCAL24PC: |
| 5908 | if (!fixP->fx_pcrel && !fixP->fx_done) |
| 5909 | abort (); |
| 5910 | |
| 5911 | if (fixP->fx_done) |
| 5912 | { |
| 5913 | char *where; |
| 5914 | unsigned long insn; |
| 5915 | |
| 5916 | /* Fetch the instruction, insert the fully resolved operand |
| 5917 | value, and stuff the instruction back again. */ |
| 5918 | where = fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where; |
| 5919 | if (target_big_endian) |
| 5920 | insn = bfd_getb32 ((unsigned char *) where); |
| 5921 | else |
| 5922 | insn = bfd_getl32 ((unsigned char *) where); |
| 5923 | if ((value & 3) != 0) |
| 5924 | as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line, |
| 5925 | _("must branch to an address a multiple of 4")); |
| 5926 | if ((offsetT) value < -0x40000000 |
| 5927 | || (offsetT) value >= 0x40000000) |
| 5928 | as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line, |
| 5929 | _("@local or @plt branch destination is too far away, %ld bytes"), |
| 5930 | (long) value); |
| 5931 | insn = insn | (value & 0x03fffffc); |
| 5932 | if (target_big_endian) |
| 5933 | bfd_putb32 ((bfd_vma) insn, (unsigned char *) where); |
| 5934 | else |
| 5935 | bfd_putl32 ((bfd_vma) insn, (unsigned char *) where); |
| 5936 | } |
| 5937 | break; |
| 5938 | |
| 5939 | case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT: |
| 5940 | fixP->fx_done = 0; |
| 5941 | if (fixP->fx_addsy |
| 5942 | && !S_IS_DEFINED (fixP->fx_addsy) |
| 5943 | && !S_IS_WEAK (fixP->fx_addsy)) |
| 5944 | S_SET_WEAK (fixP->fx_addsy); |
| 5945 | break; |
| 5946 | |
| 5947 | case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY: |
| 5948 | fixP->fx_done = 0; |
| 5949 | break; |
| 5950 | |
| 5951 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 5952 | /* Generated by reference to `sym@tocbase'. The sym is |
| 5953 | ignored by the linker. */ |
| 5954 | case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC: |
| 5955 | fixP->fx_done = 0; |
| 5956 | break; |
| 5957 | #endif |
| 5958 | default: |
| 5959 | fprintf (stderr, |
| 5960 | _("Gas failure, reloc value %d\n"), fixP->fx_r_type); |
| 5961 | fflush (stderr); |
| 5962 | abort (); |
| 5963 | } |
| 5964 | } |
| 5965 | |
| 5966 | #ifdef OBJ_ELF |
| 5967 | fixP->fx_addnumber = value; |
| 5968 | #else |
| 5969 | if (fixP->fx_r_type != BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16) |
| 5970 | fixP->fx_addnumber = 0; |
| 5971 | else |
| 5972 | { |
| 5973 | #ifdef TE_PE |
| 5974 | fixP->fx_addnumber = 0; |
| 5975 | #else |
| 5976 | /* We want to use the offset within the data segment of the |
| 5977 | symbol, not the actual VMA of the symbol. */ |
| 5978 | fixP->fx_addnumber = |
| 5979 | - bfd_get_section_vma (stdoutput, S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy)); |
| 5980 | #endif |
| 5981 | } |
| 5982 | #endif |
| 5983 | } |
| 5984 | |
| 5985 | /* Generate a reloc for a fixup. */ |
| 5986 | |
| 5987 | arelent * |
| 5988 | tc_gen_reloc (seg, fixp) |
| 5989 | asection *seg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED; |
| 5990 | fixS *fixp; |
| 5991 | { |
| 5992 | arelent *reloc; |
| 5993 | |
| 5994 | reloc = (arelent *) xmalloc (sizeof (arelent)); |
| 5995 | |
| 5996 | reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *)); |
| 5997 | *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy); |
| 5998 | reloc->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where; |
| 5999 | reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, fixp->fx_r_type); |
| 6000 | if (reloc->howto == (reloc_howto_type *) NULL) |
| 6001 | { |
| 6002 | as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line, |
| 6003 | _("reloc %d not supported by object file format"), |
| 6004 | (int) fixp->fx_r_type); |
| 6005 | return NULL; |
| 6006 | } |
| 6007 | reloc->addend = fixp->fx_addnumber; |
| 6008 | |
| 6009 | return reloc; |
| 6010 | } |
| 6011 | |
| 6012 | void |
| 6013 | ppc_cfi_frame_initial_instructions () |
| 6014 | { |
| 6015 | cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa (1, 0); |
| 6016 | } |
| 6017 | |
| 6018 | int |
| 6019 | tc_ppc_regname_to_dw2regnum (const char *regname) |
| 6020 | { |
| 6021 | unsigned int regnum = -1; |
| 6022 | unsigned int i; |
| 6023 | const char *p; |
| 6024 | char *q; |
| 6025 | static struct { char *name; int dw2regnum; } regnames[] = |
| 6026 | { |
| 6027 | { "sp", 1 }, { "r.sp", 1 }, { "rtoc", 2 }, { "r.toc", 2 }, |
| 6028 | { "mq", 64 }, { "lr", 65 }, { "ctr", 66 }, { "ap", 67 }, |
| 6029 | { "cc", 68 }, { "xer", 76 }, { "vrsave", 109 }, { "vscr", 110 }, |
| 6030 | { "spe_acc", 111 }, { "spefscr", 112 } |
| 6031 | }; |
| 6032 | |
| 6033 | for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (regnames); ++i) |
| 6034 | if (strcmp (regnames[i].name, regname) == 0) |
| 6035 | return regnames[i].dw2regnum; |
| 6036 | |
| 6037 | if (regname[0] == 'r' || regname[0] == 'f' || regname[0] == 'v') |
| 6038 | { |
| 6039 | p = regname + 1 + (regname[1] == '.'); |
| 6040 | regnum = strtoul (p, &q, 10); |
| 6041 | if (p == q || *q || regnum >= 32) |
| 6042 | return -1; |
| 6043 | if (regname[0] == 'f') |
| 6044 | regnum += 32; |
| 6045 | else if (regname[0] == 'v') |
| 6046 | regnum += 77; |
| 6047 | } |
| 6048 | else if (regname[0] == 'c' && regname[1] == 'r') |
| 6049 | { |
| 6050 | p = regname + 2 + (regname[2] == '.'); |
| 6051 | if (p[0] < '0' || p[0] > '7' || p[1]) |
| 6052 | return -1; |
| 6053 | regnum = p[0] - '0' + 68; |
| 6054 | } |
| 6055 | return regnum; |
| 6056 | } |